Merge pull request #2086 from linkmauve/clang-format

Add clang-format as part of our {commit,travis}-time checks

.travis-build.sh

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/bin/sh
+#!/bin/bash
 
 set -e
 set -x
@@ -9,6 +9,39 @@ if grep -nr '\s$' src *.yml *.txt *.md Doxyfile .gitignore .gitmodules .travis*
     exit 1
 fi
 
+# Only run clang-format on Linux because we don't have 4.0 on OS X images
+if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]; then
+    # Default clang-format points to default 3.5 version one
+    CLANG_FORMAT=clang-format-4.0
+    $CLANG_FORMAT --version
+
+    if [ "$TRAVIS_EVENT_TYPE" = "pull_request" ]; then
+        # Get list of every file modified in this pull request
+        files_to_lint="$(git diff --name-only --diff-filter=ACMRTUXB $TRAVIS_COMMIT_RANGE | grep '^src/[^.]*[.]\(cpp\|h\)$')"
+    else
+        # Check everything for branch pushes
+        files_to_lint="$(find src/ -name '*.cpp' -or -name '*.h')"
+    fi
+
+    # Turn off tracing for this because it's too verbose
+    set +x
+
+    for f in $files_to_lint; do
+        d=$(diff -u "$f" <($CLANG_FORMAT "$f"))
+        if ! [ -z "$d" ]; then
+            echo "!!! $f not compliant to coding style, here is the fix:"
+            echo "$d"
+            fail=1
+        fi
+    done
+
+    set -x
+
+    if [ "$fail" = 1 ]; then
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
 #if OS is linux or is not set
 if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" -o -z "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" ]; then
     export CC=gcc-6

.travis.yml

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ addons:
   apt:
     sources:
       - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
+      - llvm-toolchain-precise
     packages:
       - gcc-6
       - g++-6
@@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ addons:
       - xorg-dev
       - lib32stdc++6 # For CMake
       - lftp # To upload builds
+      - clang-format-4.0
 
 cache:
   directories:

hooks/pre-commit

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/bin/sh
+#!/bin/bash
 
 # Enforce citra's whitespace policy
 git config --local core.whitespace tab-in-indent,trailing-space
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ paths_to_check="src/ CMakeLists.txt"
 
 # If there are whitespace errors, print the offending file names and fail.
 if ! git diff --cached --check -- $paths_to_check ; then
-    cat<<END;
+    cat<<END
 
 Error: This commit would contain trailing spaces or tabs, which is against this repo's policy.
 Please correct those issues before commiting. (Use 'git diff --check' for more details)
@@ -18,9 +18,26 @@ fi
 
 # Check for tabs, since tab-in-indent catches only those at the beginning of a line
 if git diff --cached -- $paths_to_check | egrep '^\+.*	'; then
-    cat<<END;
+    cat<<END
 Error: This commit would contain a tab, which is against this repo's policy.
 If you know what you are doing, you can try 'git commit --no-verify' to bypass the check.
 END
     exit 1
 fi
+
+for f in $(git diff --name-only --diff-filter=ACMRTUXB --cached); do
+    if ! echo "$f" | egrep -q "[.](cpp|h)$"; then
+        continue
+    fi
+    if ! echo "$f" | egrep -q "^src/"; then
+        continue
+    fi
+    d=$(diff -u "$f" <(clang-format "$f"))
+    if ! [ -z "$d" ]; then
+        echo "!!! $f not compliant to coding style, here is the fix:"
+        echo "$d"
+        fail=1
+    fi
+done
+
+exit "$fail"

src/.clang-format

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+---
+Language:        Cpp
+# BasedOnStyle:  LLVM
+AccessModifierOffset: -4
+AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
+AlignConsecutiveAssignments: false
+AlignConsecutiveDeclarations: false
+AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft: false
+AlignOperands: true
+AlignTrailingComments: true
+AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine: true
+AllowShortBlocksOnASingleLine: false
+AllowShortCaseLabelsOnASingleLine: false
+AllowShortFunctionsOnASingleLine: Empty
+AllowShortIfStatementsOnASingleLine: false
+AllowShortLoopsOnASingleLine: false
+AlwaysBreakAfterDefinitionReturnType: None
+AlwaysBreakAfterReturnType: None
+AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings: false
+AlwaysBreakTemplateDeclarations: true
+BinPackArguments: true
+BinPackParameters: true
+BraceWrapping:
+  AfterClass:      false
+  AfterControlStatement: false
+  AfterEnum:       false
+  AfterFunction:   false
+  AfterNamespace:  false
+  AfterObjCDeclaration: false
+  AfterStruct:     false
+  AfterUnion:      false
+  BeforeCatch:     false
+  BeforeElse:      false
+  IndentBraces:    false
+BreakBeforeBinaryOperators: None
+BreakBeforeBraces: Attach
+BreakBeforeTernaryOperators: true
+BreakConstructorInitializersBeforeComma: false
+ColumnLimit:     100
+CommentPragmas:  '^ IWYU pragma:'
+ConstructorInitializerAllOnOneLineOrOnePerLine: false
+ConstructorInitializerIndentWidth: 4
+ContinuationIndentWidth: 4
+Cpp11BracedListStyle: true
+DerivePointerAlignment: false
+DisableFormat:   false
+ForEachMacros:   [ foreach, Q_FOREACH, BOOST_FOREACH ]
+IncludeCategories:
+  - Regex:           '^\<[^Q][^/.>]*\>'
+    Priority:        -2
+  - Regex:           '^\<'
+    Priority:        -1
+  - Regex:           '^\"'
+    Priority:        0
+IndentCaseLabels: false
+IndentWidth:     4
+IndentWrappedFunctionNames: false
+KeepEmptyLinesAtTheStartOfBlocks: true
+MacroBlockBegin: ''
+MacroBlockEnd:   ''
+MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: 1
+NamespaceIndentation: None
+ObjCBlockIndentWidth: 2
+ObjCSpaceAfterProperty: false
+ObjCSpaceBeforeProtocolList: true
+PenaltyBreakBeforeFirstCallParameter: 19
+PenaltyBreakComment: 300
+PenaltyBreakFirstLessLess: 120
+PenaltyBreakString: 1000
+PenaltyExcessCharacter: 1000000
+PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine: 150
+PointerAlignment: Left
+ReflowComments:  true
+SortIncludes:    true
+SpaceAfterCStyleCast: false
+SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: true
+SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
+SpaceInEmptyParentheses: false
+SpacesBeforeTrailingComments: 1
+SpacesInAngles:  false
+SpacesInContainerLiterals: true
+SpacesInCStyleCastParentheses: false
+SpacesInParentheses: false
+SpacesInSquareBrackets: false
+Standard:        Cpp11
+TabWidth:        4
+UseTab:          Never
+...

src/audio_core/audio_core.cpp

@@ -4,14 +4,12 @@
 
 #include <memory>
 #include <string>
-
 #include "audio_core/audio_core.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/pipe.h"
 #include "audio_core/null_sink.h"
 #include "audio_core/sink.h"
 #include "audio_core/sink_details.h"
-
 #include "core/core_timing.h"
 #include "core/hle/kernel/vm_manager.h"
 #include "core/hle/service/dsp_dsp.h"
@@ -42,10 +40,18 @@ void Init() {
 }
 
 void AddAddressSpace(Kernel::VMManager& address_space) {
-    auto r0_vma = address_space.MapBackingMemory(DSP::HLE::region0_base, reinterpret_cast<u8*>(&DSP::HLE::g_regions[0]), sizeof(DSP::HLE::SharedMemory), Kernel::MemoryState::IO).MoveFrom();
+    auto r0_vma = address_space
+                      .MapBackingMemory(DSP::HLE::region0_base,
+                                        reinterpret_cast<u8*>(&DSP::HLE::g_regions[0]),
+                                        sizeof(DSP::HLE::SharedMemory), Kernel::MemoryState::IO)
+                      .MoveFrom();
     address_space.Reprotect(r0_vma, Kernel::VMAPermission::ReadWrite);
 
-    auto r1_vma = address_space.MapBackingMemory(DSP::HLE::region1_base, reinterpret_cast<u8*>(&DSP::HLE::g_regions[1]), sizeof(DSP::HLE::SharedMemory), Kernel::MemoryState::IO).MoveFrom();
+    auto r1_vma = address_space
+                      .MapBackingMemory(DSP::HLE::region1_base,
+                                        reinterpret_cast<u8*>(&DSP::HLE::g_regions[1]),
+                                        sizeof(DSP::HLE::SharedMemory), Kernel::MemoryState::IO)
+                      .MoveFrom();
     address_space.Reprotect(r1_vma, Kernel::VMAPermission::ReadWrite);
 }
 
@@ -58,9 +64,9 @@ void SelectSink(std::string sink_id) {
         return;
     }
 
-    auto iter = std::find_if(g_sink_details.begin(), g_sink_details.end(), [sink_id](const auto& sink_detail) {
-        return sink_detail.id == sink_id;
-    });
+    auto iter =
+        std::find_if(g_sink_details.begin(), g_sink_details.end(),
+                     [sink_id](const auto& sink_detail) { return sink_detail.id == sink_id; });
 
     if (iter == g_sink_details.end()) {
         LOG_ERROR(Audio, "AudioCore::SelectSink given invalid sink_id");

src/audio_core/codec.cpp

@@ -6,31 +6,32 @@
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <cstring>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "audio_core/codec.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
 
 namespace Codec {
 
-StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count, const std::array<s16, 16>& adpcm_coeff, ADPCMState& state) {
+StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count,
+                           const std::array<s16, 16>& adpcm_coeff, ADPCMState& state) {
     // GC-ADPCM with scale factor and variable coefficients.
     // Frames are 8 bytes long containing 14 samples each.
     // Samples are 4 bits (one nibble) long.
 
     constexpr size_t FRAME_LEN = 8;
     constexpr size_t SAMPLES_PER_FRAME = 14;
-    constexpr std::array<int, 16> SIGNED_NIBBLES {{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1 }};
+    constexpr std::array<int, 16> SIGNED_NIBBLES = {
+        {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1}};
 
-    const size_t ret_size = sample_count % 2 == 0 ? sample_count : sample_count + 1; // Ensure multiple of two.
+    const size_t ret_size =
+        sample_count % 2 == 0 ? sample_count : sample_count + 1; // Ensure multiple of two.
     StereoBuffer16 ret(ret_size);
 
-    int yn1 = state.yn1,
-        yn2 = state.yn2;
+    int yn1 = state.yn1, yn2 = state.yn2;
 
-    const size_t NUM_FRAMES = (sample_count + (SAMPLES_PER_FRAME - 1)) / SAMPLES_PER_FRAME; // Round up.
+    const size_t NUM_FRAMES =
+        (sample_count + (SAMPLES_PER_FRAME - 1)) / SAMPLES_PER_FRAME; // Round up.
     for (size_t framei = 0; framei < NUM_FRAMES; framei++) {
         const int frame_header = data[framei * FRAME_LEN];
         const int scale = 1 << (frame_header & 0xF);
@@ -43,7 +44,8 @@ StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count, cons
         // Decodes an audio sample. One nibble produces one sample.
         const auto decode_sample = [&](const int nibble) -> s16 {
             const int xn = nibble * scale;
-            // We first transform everything into 11 bit fixed point, perform the second order digital filter, then transform back.
+            // We first transform everything into 11 bit fixed point, perform the second order
+            // digital filter, then transform back.
             // 0x400 == 0.5 in 11 bit fixed point.
             // Filter: y[n] = x[n] + 0.5 + c1 * y[n-1] + c2 * y[n-2]
             int val = ((xn << 11) + 0x400 + coef1 * yn1 + coef2 * yn2) >> 11;
@@ -82,7 +84,8 @@ static s16 SignExtendS8(u8 x) {
     return static_cast<s16>(static_cast<s8>(x));
 }
 
-StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count) {
+StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data,
+                          const size_t sample_count) {
     ASSERT(num_channels == 1 || num_channels == 2);
 
     StereoBuffer16 ret(sample_count);
@@ -101,7 +104,8 @@ StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, con
     return ret;
 }
 
-StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM16(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count) {
+StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM16(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data,
+                           const size_t sample_count) {
     ASSERT(num_channels == 1 || num_channels == 2);
 
     StereoBuffer16 ret(sample_count);
@@ -118,5 +122,4 @@ StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM16(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, co
 
     return ret;
 }
-
 };

src/audio_core/codec.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace Codec {
@@ -29,7 +28,8 @@ struct ADPCMState {
  * @param state ADPCM state, this is updated with new state
  * @return Decoded stereo signed PCM16 data, sample_count in length
  */
-StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count, const std::array<s16, 16>& adpcm_coeff, ADPCMState& state);
+StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count,
+                           const std::array<s16, 16>& adpcm_coeff, ADPCMState& state);
 
 /**
  * @param num_channels Number of channels
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ StereoBuffer16 DecodeADPCM(const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count, cons
  * @param sample_count Length of buffer in terms of number of samples
  * @return Decoded stereo signed PCM16 data, sample_count in length
  */
-StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count);
+StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data,
+                          const size_t sample_count);
 
 /**
  * @param num_channels Number of channels
@@ -45,6 +46,6 @@ StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM8(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, con
  * @param sample_count Length of buffer in terms of number of samples
  * @return Decoded stereo signed PCM16 data, sample_count in length
  */
-StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM16(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data, const size_t sample_count);
-
+StereoBuffer16 DecodePCM16(const unsigned num_channels, const u8* const data,
+                           const size_t sample_count);
 };

src/audio_core/hle/common.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <array>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
@@ -25,11 +24,10 @@ using QuadFrame32   = std::array<std::array<s32, 4>, samples_per_frame>;
  * This performs the filter operation defined by FilterT::ProcessSample on the frame in-place.
  * FilterT::ProcessSample is called sequentially on the samples.
  */
-template<typename FrameT, typename FilterT>
+template <typename FrameT, typename FilterT>
 void FilterFrame(FrameT& frame, FilterT& filter) {
-    std::transform(frame.begin(), frame.end(), frame.begin(), [&filter](const auto& sample) {
-        return filter.ProcessSample(sample);
-    });
+    std::transform(frame.begin(), frame.end(), frame.begin(),
+                   [&filter](const auto& sample) { return filter.ProcessSample(sample); });
 }
 
 } // namespace HLE

src/audio_core/hle/dsp.cpp

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <memory>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/mixers.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/pipe.h"
@@ -47,10 +46,9 @@ static SharedMemory& WriteRegion() {
 // Audio processing and mixing
 
 static std::array<Source, num_sources> sources = {
-    Source(0), Source(1), Source(2), Source(3), Source(4), Source(5),
-    Source(6), Source(7), Source(8), Source(9), Source(10), Source(11),
-    Source(12), Source(13), Source(14), Source(15), Source(16), Source(17),
-    Source(18), Source(19), Source(20), Source(21), Source(22), Source(23)
+    Source(0),  Source(1),  Source(2),  Source(3),  Source(4),  Source(5),  Source(6),  Source(7),
+    Source(8),  Source(9),  Source(10), Source(11), Source(12), Source(13), Source(14), Source(15),
+    Source(16), Source(17), Source(18), Source(19), Source(20), Source(21), Source(22), Source(23),
 };
 static Mixers mixers;
 
@@ -62,14 +60,16 @@ static StereoFrame16 GenerateCurrentFrame() {
 
     // Generate intermediate mixes
     for (size_t i = 0; i < num_sources; i++) {
-        write.source_statuses.status[i] = sources[i].Tick(read.source_configurations.config[i], read.adpcm_coefficients.coeff[i]);
+        write.source_statuses.status[i] =
+            sources[i].Tick(read.source_configurations.config[i], read.adpcm_coefficients.coeff[i]);
         for (size_t mix = 0; mix < 3; mix++) {
             sources[i].MixInto(intermediate_mixes[mix], mix);
         }
     }
 
     // Generate final mix
-    write.dsp_status = mixers.Tick(read.dsp_configuration, read.intermediate_mix_samples, write.intermediate_mix_samples, intermediate_mixes);
+    write.dsp_status = mixers.Tick(read.dsp_configuration, read.intermediate_mix_samples,
+                                   write.intermediate_mix_samples, intermediate_mixes);
 
     StereoFrame16 output_frame = mixers.GetOutput();
 
@@ -152,7 +152,8 @@ void Shutdown() {
 bool Tick() {
     StereoFrame16 current_frame = {};
 
-    // TODO: Check dsp::DSP semaphore (which indicates emulated application has finished writing to shared memory region)
+    // TODO: Check dsp::DSP semaphore (which indicates emulated application has finished writing to
+    // shared memory region)
     current_frame = GenerateCurrentFrame();
 
     OutputCurrentFrame(current_frame);

src/audio_core/hle/dsp.h

@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <memory>
 #include <type_traits>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
-
 #include "common/bit_field.h"
 #include "common/common_funcs.h"
 #include "common/common_types.h"
@@ -23,15 +21,15 @@ class Sink;
 namespace DSP {
 namespace HLE {
 
-// The application-accessible region of DSP memory consists of two parts.
-// Both are marked as IO and have Read/Write permissions.
+// The application-accessible region of DSP memory consists of two parts. Both are marked as IO and
+// have Read/Write permissions.
 //
 // First Region:  0x1FF50000 (Size: 0x8000)
 // Second Region: 0x1FF70000 (Size: 0x8000)
 //
 // The DSP reads from each region alternately based on the frame counter for each region much like a
-// double-buffer. The frame counter is located as the very last u16 of each region and is incremented
-// each audio tick.
+// double-buffer. The frame counter is located as the very last u16 of each region and is
+// incremented each audio tick.
 
 constexpr VAddr region0_base = 0x1FF50000;
 constexpr VAddr region1_base = 0x1FF70000;
@@ -56,6 +54,7 @@ struct u32_dsp {
     void operator=(u32 new_value) {
         storage = Convert(new_value);
     }
+
 private:
     static constexpr u32 Convert(u32 value) {
         return (value << 16) | (value >> 16);
@@ -89,13 +88,13 @@ static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<u32_dsp>::value, "u32_dsp isn't trivial
 // #: This refers to the order in which they appear in the DspPipe::Audio DSP pipe.
 //    See also: DSP::HLE::PipeRead.
 //
-// Note that the above addresses do vary slightly between audio firmwares observed; the addresses are
-// not fixed in stone. The addresses above are only an examplar; they're what this implementation
-// does and provides to applications.
+// Note that the above addresses do vary slightly between audio firmwares observed; the addresses
+// are not fixed in stone. The addresses above are only an examplar; they're what this
+// implementation does and provides to applications.
 //
-// Application requests the DSP service to convert DSP addresses into ARM11 virtual addresses using the
-// ConvertProcessAddressFromDspDram service call. Applications seem to derive the addresses for the
-// second region via:
+// Application requests the DSP service to convert DSP addresses into ARM11 virtual addresses using
+// the ConvertProcessAddressFromDspDram service call. Applications seem to derive the addresses for
+// the second region via:
 //     second_region_dsp_addr = first_region_dsp_addr | 0x10000
 //
 // Applications maintain most of its own audio state, the memory region is used mainly for
@@ -110,13 +109,16 @@ static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<u32_dsp>::value, "u32_dsp isn't trivial
 // GCC versions < 5.0 do not implement std::is_trivially_copyable.
 // Excluding MSVC because it has weird behaviour for std::is_trivially_copyable.
 #if (__GNUC__ >= 5) || defined(__clang__)
-    #define ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT(name, size) \
-        static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<name>::value, "DSP structure " #name " doesn't use standard layout"); \
-        static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<name>::value, "DSP structure " #name " isn't trivially copyable"); \
+#define ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT(name, size)                                                              \
+    static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<name>::value,                                            \
+                  "DSP structure " #name " doesn't use standard layout");                          \
+    static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<name>::value,                                         \
+                  "DSP structure " #name " isn't trivially copyable");                             \
     static_assert(sizeof(name) == (size), "Unexpected struct size for DSP structure " #name)
 #else
-    #define ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT(name, size) \
-        static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<name>::value, "DSP structure " #name " doesn't use standard layout"); \
+#define ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT(name, size)                                                              \
+    static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<name>::value,                                            \
+                  "DSP structure " #name " doesn't use standard layout");                          \
     static_assert(sizeof(name) == (size), "Unexpected struct size for DSP structure " #name)
 #endif
 
@@ -130,7 +132,8 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
             BitField<0, 1, u32_le> format_dirty;
             BitField<1, 1, u32_le> mono_or_stereo_dirty;
             BitField<2, 1, u32_le> adpcm_coefficients_dirty;
-            BitField<3, 1, u32_le> partial_embedded_buffer_dirty; ///< Tends to be set when a looped buffer is queued.
+            /// Tends to be set when a looped buffer is queued.
+            BitField<3, 1, u32_le> partial_embedded_buffer_dirty;
             BitField<4, 1, u32_le> partial_reset_flag;
 
             BitField<16, 1, u32_le> enable_dirty;
@@ -138,7 +141,8 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
             BitField<18, 1, u32_le> rate_multiplier_dirty;
             BitField<19, 1, u32_le> buffer_queue_dirty;
             BitField<20, 1, u32_le> loop_related_dirty;
-            BitField<21, 1, u32_le> play_position_dirty; ///< Tends to also be set when embedded buffer is updated.
+            /// Tends to also be set when embedded buffer is updated.
+            BitField<21, 1, u32_le> play_position_dirty;
             BitField<22, 1, u32_le> filters_enabled_dirty;
             BitField<23, 1, u32_le> simple_filter_dirty;
             BitField<24, 1, u32_le> biquad_filter_dirty;
@@ -153,9 +157,9 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
         // Gain control
 
         /**
-         * Gain is between 0.0-1.0. This determines how much will this source appear on
-         * each of the 12 channels that feed into the intermediate mixers.
-         * Each of the three intermediate mixers is fed two left and two right channels.
+         * Gain is between 0.0-1.0. This determines how much will this source appear on each of the
+         * 12 channels that feed into the intermediate mixers. Each of the three intermediate mixers
+         * is fed two left and two right channels.
          */
         float_le gain[3][4];
 
@@ -167,7 +171,7 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
         enum class InterpolationMode : u8 {
             Polyphase = 0,
             Linear = 1,
-            None = 2
+            None = 2,
         };
 
         InterpolationMode interpolation_mode;
@@ -191,8 +195,8 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
          * This is a normalised biquad filter (second-order).
          * The transfer function of this filter is:
          *     H(z) = (b0 + b1 z^-1 + b2 z^-2) / (1 - a1 z^-1 - a2 z^-2)
-         * Nintendo chose to negate the feedbackward coefficients. This differs from standard notation
-         * as in: https://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/filters/Direct_Form_I.html
+         * Nintendo chose to negate the feedbackward coefficients. This differs from standard
+         * notation as in: https://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/filters/Direct_Form_I.html
          * Values are signed fixed point with 14 fractional bits.
          */
         struct BiquadFilter {
@@ -239,8 +243,9 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
             /// Is a looping buffer.
             u8 is_looping;
 
-            /// This value is shown in SourceStatus::previous_buffer_id when this buffer has finished.
-            /// This allows the emulated application to tell what buffer is currently playing
+            /// This value is shown in SourceStatus::previous_buffer_id when this buffer has
+            /// finished. This allows the emulated application to tell what buffer is currently
+            /// playing.
             u16_le buffer_id;
 
             INSERT_PADDING_DSPWORDS(1);
@@ -270,13 +275,13 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
 
         enum class MonoOrStereo : u16_le {
             Mono = 1,
-            Stereo = 2
+            Stereo = 2,
         };
 
         enum class Format : u16_le {
             PCM8 = 0,
             PCM16 = 1,
-            ADPCM = 2
+            ADPCM = 2,
         };
 
         union {
@@ -302,7 +307,8 @@ struct SourceConfiguration {
             BitField<1, 1, u16_le> is_looping;  ///< Is this a looping buffer?
         };
 
-        /// Buffer id of embedded buffer (used as a buffer id in SourceStatus to reference this buffer).
+        /// Buffer id of embedded buffer (used as a buffer id in SourceStatus to reference this
+        /// buffer).
         u16_le buffer_id;
     };
 
@@ -347,7 +353,8 @@ struct DspConfiguration {
         BitField<28, 1, u32_le> headphones_connected_dirty;
     };
 
-    /// The DSP has three intermediate audio mixers. This controls the volume level (0.0-1.0) for each at the final mixer
+    /// The DSP has three intermediate audio mixers. This controls the volume level (0.0-1.0) for
+    /// each at the final mixer.
     float_le volume[3];
 
     INSERT_PADDING_DSPWORDS(3);
@@ -355,7 +362,7 @@ struct DspConfiguration {
     enum class OutputFormat : u16_le {
         Mono = 0,
         Stereo = 1,
-        Surround = 2
+        Surround = 2,
     };
 
     OutputFormat output_format;
@@ -388,8 +395,10 @@ struct DspConfiguration {
         u16_le enable;
         INSERT_PADDING_DSPWORDS(1);
         u16_le outputs;
-        u32_dsp work_buffer_address; ///< The application allocates a block of memory for the DSP to use as a work buffer.
-        u16_le frame_count;  ///< Frames to delay by
+        /// The application allocates a block of memory for the DSP to use as a work buffer.
+        u32_dsp work_buffer_address;
+        /// Frames to delay by
+        u16_le frame_count;
 
         // Coefficients
         s16_le g; ///< Fixed point with 7 fractional bits
@@ -506,21 +515,36 @@ ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT(SharedMemory, 0x8000);
 extern std::array<SharedMemory, 2> g_regions;
 
 // Structures must have an offset that is a multiple of two.
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, frame_counter) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, source_configurations) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, source_statuses) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, adpcm_coefficients) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_configuration) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_status) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, final_samples) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, intermediate_mix_samples) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, compressor) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_debug) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown10) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown11) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown12) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown13) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
-static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown14) % 2 == 0, "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, frame_counter) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, source_configurations) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, source_statuses) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, adpcm_coefficients) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_configuration) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_status) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, final_samples) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, intermediate_mix_samples) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, compressor) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, dsp_debug) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown10) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown11) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown12) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown13) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
+static_assert(offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown14) % 2 == 0,
+              "Structures in DSP::HLE::SharedMemory must be 2-byte aligned");
 
 #undef INSERT_PADDING_DSPWORDS
 #undef ASSERT_DSP_STRUCT

src/audio_core/hle/filter.cpp

@@ -4,11 +4,9 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <cstddef>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/filter.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
 
@@ -59,7 +57,9 @@ void SourceFilters::SimpleFilter::Reset() {
     b0 = 1 << 15;
 }
 
-void SourceFilters::SimpleFilter::Configure(SourceConfiguration::Configuration::SimpleFilter config) {
+void SourceFilters::SimpleFilter::Configure(
+    SourceConfiguration::Configuration::SimpleFilter config) {
+
     a1 = config.a1;
     b0 = config.b0;
 }
@@ -88,7 +88,9 @@ void SourceFilters::BiquadFilter::Reset() {
     b0 = 1 << 14;
 }
 
-void SourceFilters::BiquadFilter::Configure(SourceConfiguration::Configuration::BiquadFilter config) {
+void SourceFilters::BiquadFilter::Configure(
+    SourceConfiguration::Configuration::BiquadFilter config) {
+
     a1 = config.a1;
     a2 = config.a2;
     b0 = config.b0;

src/audio_core/hle/filter.h

@@ -5,10 +5,8 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <array>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
@@ -17,7 +15,9 @@ namespace HLE {
 /// Preprocessing filters. There is an independent set of filters for each Source.
 class SourceFilters final {
 public:
-    SourceFilters() { Reset(); }
+    SourceFilters() {
+        Reset();
+    }
 
     /// Reset internal state.
     void Reset();
@@ -54,7 +54,9 @@ private:
     bool biquad_filter_enabled;
 
     struct SimpleFilter {
-        SimpleFilter() { Reset(); }
+        SimpleFilter() {
+            Reset();
+        }
 
         /// Resets internal state.
         void Reset();
@@ -80,7 +82,9 @@ private:
     } simple_filter;
 
     struct BiquadFilter {
-        BiquadFilter() { Reset(); }
+        BiquadFilter() {
+            Reset();
+        }
 
         /// Resets internal state.
         void Reset();

src/audio_core/hle/mixers.cpp

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/mixers.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
@@ -20,11 +19,9 @@ void Mixers::Reset() {
     state = {};
 }
 
-DspStatus Mixers::Tick(DspConfiguration& config,
-        const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples,
+DspStatus Mixers::Tick(DspConfiguration& config, const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples,
                        IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples,
-        const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input)
-{
+                       const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input) {
     ParseConfig(config);
 
     AuxReturn(read_samples);
@@ -73,13 +70,14 @@ void Mixers::ParseConfig(DspConfiguration& config) {
     if (config.output_format_dirty) {
         config.output_format_dirty.Assign(0);
         state.output_format = config.output_format;
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "mixers output_format = %zu", static_cast<size_t>(config.output_format));
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "mixers output_format = %zu",
+                  static_cast<size_t>(config.output_format));
     }
 
     if (config.headphones_connected_dirty) {
         config.headphones_connected_dirty.Assign(0);
-        // Do nothing.
-        // (Note: Whether headphones are connected does affect coefficients used for surround sound.)
+        // Do nothing. (Note: Whether headphones are connected does affect coefficients used for
+        // surround sound.)
         LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "mixers headphones_connected=%hu", config.headphones_connected);
     }
 
@@ -94,11 +92,10 @@ static s16 ClampToS16(s32 value) {
     return static_cast<s16>(MathUtil::Clamp(value, -32768, 32767));
 }
 
-static std::array<s16, 2> AddAndClampToS16(const std::array<s16, 2>& a, const std::array<s16, 2>& b) {
-    return {
-        ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(a[0]) + static_cast<s32>(b[0])),
-        ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(a[1]) + static_cast<s32>(b[1]))
-    };
+static std::array<s16, 2> AddAndClampToS16(const std::array<s16, 2>& a,
+                                           const std::array<s16, 2>& b) {
+    return {ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(a[0]) + static_cast<s32>(b[0])),
+            ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(a[1]) + static_cast<s32>(b[1]))};
 }
 
 void Mixers::DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(float gain, const QuadFrame32& samples) {
@@ -106,12 +103,16 @@ void Mixers::DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(float gain, const QuadFrame32& sample
 
     switch (state.output_format) {
     case OutputFormat::Mono:
-        std::transform(current_frame.begin(), current_frame.end(), samples.begin(), current_frame.begin(),
-            [gain](const std::array<s16, 2>& accumulator, const std::array<s32, 4>& sample) -> std::array<s16, 2> {
+        std::transform(
+            current_frame.begin(), current_frame.end(), samples.begin(), current_frame.begin(),
+            [gain](const std::array<s16, 2>& accumulator,
+                   const std::array<s32, 4>& sample) -> std::array<s16, 2> {
                 // Downmix to mono
-                s16 mono = ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>((gain * sample[0] + gain * sample[1] + gain * sample[2] + gain * sample[3]) / 2));
+                s16 mono = ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(
+                    (gain * sample[0] + gain * sample[1] + gain * sample[2] + gain * sample[3]) /
+                    2));
                 // Mix into current frame
-                return AddAndClampToS16(accumulator, { mono, mono });
+                return AddAndClampToS16(accumulator, {mono, mono});
             });
         return;
 
@@ -120,13 +121,15 @@ void Mixers::DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(float gain, const QuadFrame32& sample
     // fallthrough
 
     case OutputFormat::Stereo:
-        std::transform(current_frame.begin(), current_frame.end(), samples.begin(), current_frame.begin(),
-            [gain](const std::array<s16, 2>& accumulator, const std::array<s32, 4>& sample) -> std::array<s16, 2> {
+        std::transform(
+            current_frame.begin(), current_frame.end(), samples.begin(), current_frame.begin(),
+            [gain](const std::array<s16, 2>& accumulator,
+                   const std::array<s32, 4>& sample) -> std::array<s16, 2> {
                 // Downmix to stereo
                 s16 left = ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(gain * sample[0] + gain * sample[2]));
                 s16 right = ClampToS16(static_cast<s32>(gain * sample[1] + gain * sample[3]));
                 // Mix into current frame
-                return AddAndClampToS16(accumulator, { left, right });
+                return AddAndClampToS16(accumulator, {left, right});
             });
         return;
     }
@@ -135,12 +138,14 @@ void Mixers::DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(float gain, const QuadFrame32& sample
 }
 
 void Mixers::AuxReturn(const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples) {
-    // NOTE: read_samples.mix{1,2}.pcm32 annoyingly have their dimensions in reverse order to QuadFrame32.
+    // NOTE: read_samples.mix{1,2}.pcm32 annoyingly have their dimensions in reverse order to
+    // QuadFrame32.
 
     if (state.mixer1_enabled) {
         for (size_t sample = 0; sample < samples_per_frame; sample++) {
             for (size_t channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) {
-                state.intermediate_mix_buffer[1][sample][channel] = read_samples.mix1.pcm32[channel][sample];
+                state.intermediate_mix_buffer[1][sample][channel] =
+                    read_samples.mix1.pcm32[channel][sample];
             }
         }
     }
@@ -148,14 +153,17 @@ void Mixers::AuxReturn(const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples) {
     if (state.mixer2_enabled) {
         for (size_t sample = 0; sample < samples_per_frame; sample++) {
             for (size_t channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) {
-                state.intermediate_mix_buffer[2][sample][channel] = read_samples.mix2.pcm32[channel][sample];
+                state.intermediate_mix_buffer[2][sample][channel] =
+                    read_samples.mix2.pcm32[channel][sample];
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
-void Mixers::AuxSend(IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples, const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input) {
-    // NOTE: read_samples.mix{1,2}.pcm32 annoyingly have their dimensions in reverse order to QuadFrame32.
+void Mixers::AuxSend(IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples,
+                     const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input) {
+    // NOTE: read_samples.mix{1,2}.pcm32 annoyingly have their dimensions in reverse order to
+    // QuadFrame32.
 
     state.intermediate_mix_buffer[0] = input[0];
 
@@ -184,7 +192,8 @@ void Mixers::MixCurrentFrame() {
     current_frame.fill({});
 
     for (size_t mix = 0; mix < 3; mix++) {
-        DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(state.intermediate_mixer_volume[mix], state.intermediate_mix_buffer[mix]);
+        DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(state.intermediate_mixer_volume[mix],
+                                      state.intermediate_mix_buffer[mix]);
     }
 
     // TODO(merry): Compressor. (We currently assume a disabled compressor.)

src/audio_core/hle/mixers.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <array>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 
@@ -20,10 +19,8 @@ public:
 
     void Reset();
 
-    DspStatus Tick(DspConfiguration& config,
-                   const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples,
-                   IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples,
-                   const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input);
+    DspStatus Tick(DspConfiguration& config, const IntermediateMixSamples& read_samples,
+                   IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples, const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input);
 
     StereoFrame16 GetOutput() const {
         return current_frame;
@@ -53,7 +50,8 @@ private:
     void AuxSend(IntermediateMixSamples& write_samples, const std::array<QuadFrame32, 3>& input);
     /// INTERNAL: Mix current_frame.
     void MixCurrentFrame();
-    /// INTERNAL: Downmix from quadraphonic to stereo based on status.output_format and accumulate into current_frame.
+    /// INTERNAL: Downmix from quadraphonic to stereo based on status.output_format and accumulate
+    /// into current_frame.
     void DownmixAndMixIntoCurrentFrame(float gain, const QuadFrame32& samples);
     /// INTERNAL: Generate DspStatus based on internal state.
     DspStatus GetCurrentStatus() const;

src/audio_core/hle/pipe.cpp

@@ -4,14 +4,11 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/pipe.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
-
 #include "core/hle/service/dsp_dsp.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
@@ -44,7 +41,9 @@ std::vector<u8> PipeRead(DspPipe pipe_number, u32 length) {
     std::vector<u8>& data = pipe_data[pipe_index];
 
     if (length > data.size()) {
-        LOG_WARNING(Audio_DSP, "pipe_number = %zu is out of data, application requested read of %u but %zu remain",
+        LOG_WARNING(
+            Audio_DSP,
+            "pipe_number = %zu is out of data, application requested read of %u but %zu remain",
             pipe_index, length, data.size());
         length = static_cast<u32>(data.size());
     }
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@ static void AudioPipeWriteStructAddresses() {
         0x8000 + offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown11) / 2,
         0x8000 + offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown12) / 2,
         0x8000 + offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown13) / 2,
-        0x8000 + offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown14) / 2
+        0x8000 + offsetof(SharedMemory, unknown14) / 2,
     };
 
     // Begin with a u16 denoting the number of structs.
@@ -112,7 +111,8 @@ void PipeWrite(DspPipe pipe_number, const std::vector<u8>& buffer) {
     switch (pipe_number) {
     case DspPipe::Audio: {
         if (buffer.size() != 4) {
-            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP, "DspPipe::Audio: Unexpected buffer length %zu was written", buffer.size());
+            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP, "DspPipe::Audio: Unexpected buffer length %zu was written",
+                      buffer.size());
             return;
         }
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void PipeWrite(DspPipe pipe_number, const std::vector<u8>& buffer) {
             Initalize = 0,
             Shutdown = 1,
             Wakeup = 2,
-            Sleep = 3
+            Sleep = 3,
         };
 
         // The difference between Initialize and Wakeup is that Input state is maintained
@@ -152,7 +152,9 @@ void PipeWrite(DspPipe pipe_number, const std::vector<u8>& buffer) {
             dsp_state = DspState::Sleeping;
             break;
         default:
-            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP, "Application has requested unknown state transition of DSP hardware %hhu", buffer[0]);
+            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP,
+                      "Application has requested unknown state transition of DSP hardware %hhu",
+                      buffer[0]);
             dsp_state = DspState::Off;
             break;
         }
@@ -160,7 +162,8 @@ void PipeWrite(DspPipe pipe_number, const std::vector<u8>& buffer) {
         return;
     }
     default:
-        LOG_CRITICAL(Audio_DSP, "pipe_number = %zu unimplemented", static_cast<size_t>(pipe_number));
+        LOG_CRITICAL(Audio_DSP, "pipe_number = %zu unimplemented",
+                     static_cast<size_t>(pipe_number));
         UNIMPLEMENTED();
         return;
     }

src/audio_core/hle/pipe.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
@@ -19,16 +18,18 @@ enum class DspPipe {
     Debug = 0,
     Dma = 1,
     Audio = 2,
-    Binary = 3
+    Binary = 3,
 };
 constexpr size_t NUM_DSP_PIPE = 8;
 
 /**
  * Reads `length` bytes from the DSP pipe identified with `pipe_number`.
  * @note Can read up to the maximum value of a u16 in bytes (65,535).
- * @note IF an error is encoutered with either an invalid `pipe_number` or `length` value, an empty vector will be returned.
+ * @note IF an error is encoutered with either an invalid `pipe_number` or `length` value, an empty
+ * vector will be returned.
  * @note IF `length` is set to 0, an empty vector will be returned.
- * @note IF `length` is greater than the amount of data available, this function will only read the available amount.
+ * @note IF `length` is greater than the amount of data available, this function will only read the
+ * available amount.
  * @param pipe_number a `DspPipe`
  * @param length the number of bytes to read. The max is 65,535 (max of u16).
  * @returns a vector of bytes from the specified pipe. On error, will be empty.
@@ -52,8 +53,9 @@ void PipeWrite(DspPipe pipe_number, const std::vector<u8>& buffer);
 enum class DspState {
     Off,
     On,
-    Sleeping
+    Sleeping,
 };
+
 /// Get the state of the DSP
 DspState GetDspState();
 

src/audio_core/hle/source.cpp

@@ -4,21 +4,19 @@
 
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <array>
-
 #include "audio_core/codec.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/source.h"
 #include "audio_core/interpolate.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
-
 #include "core/memory.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
 namespace HLE {
 
-SourceStatus::Status Source::Tick(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]) {
+SourceStatus::Status Source::Tick(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config,
+                                  const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]) {
     ParseConfig(config, adpcm_coeffs);
 
     if (state.enabled) {
@@ -47,7 +45,8 @@ void Source::Reset() {
     state = {};
 }
 
-void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]) {
+void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config,
+                         const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]) {
     if (!config.dirty_raw) {
         return;
     }
@@ -82,7 +81,8 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
         LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu rate=%f", source_id, state.rate_multiplier);
 
         if (state.rate_multiplier <= 0) {
-            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP, "Was given an invalid rate multiplier: source_id=%zu rate=%f", source_id, state.rate_multiplier);
+            LOG_ERROR(Audio_DSP, "Was given an invalid rate multiplier: source_id=%zu rate=%f",
+                      source_id, state.rate_multiplier);
             state.rate_multiplier = 1.0f;
             // Note: Actual firmware starts producing garbage if this occurs.
         }
@@ -90,7 +90,8 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
 
     if (config.adpcm_coefficients_dirty) {
         config.adpcm_coefficients_dirty.Assign(0);
-        std::transform(adpcm_coeffs, adpcm_coeffs + state.adpcm_coeffs.size(), state.adpcm_coeffs.begin(),
+        std::transform(adpcm_coeffs, adpcm_coeffs + state.adpcm_coeffs.size(),
+                       state.adpcm_coeffs.begin(),
                        [](const auto& coeff) { return static_cast<s16>(coeff); });
         LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu adpcm update", source_id);
     }
@@ -118,9 +119,10 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
 
     if (config.filters_enabled_dirty) {
         config.filters_enabled_dirty.Assign(0);
-        state.filters.Enable(config.simple_filter_enabled.ToBool(), config.biquad_filter_enabled.ToBool());
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu enable_simple=%hu enable_biquad=%hu",
-                  source_id, config.simple_filter_enabled.Value(), config.biquad_filter_enabled.Value());
+        state.filters.Enable(config.simple_filter_enabled.ToBool(),
+                             config.biquad_filter_enabled.ToBool());
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu enable_simple=%hu enable_biquad=%hu", source_id,
+                  config.simple_filter_enabled.Value(), config.biquad_filter_enabled.Value());
     }
 
     if (config.simple_filter_dirty) {
@@ -138,19 +140,22 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
     if (config.interpolation_dirty) {
         config.interpolation_dirty.Assign(0);
         state.interpolation_mode = config.interpolation_mode;
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu interpolation_mode=%zu", source_id, static_cast<size_t>(state.interpolation_mode));
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu interpolation_mode=%zu", source_id,
+                  static_cast<size_t>(state.interpolation_mode));
     }
 
     if (config.format_dirty || config.embedded_buffer_dirty) {
         config.format_dirty.Assign(0);
         state.format = config.format;
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu format=%zu", source_id, static_cast<size_t>(state.format));
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu format=%zu", source_id,
+                  static_cast<size_t>(state.format));
     }
 
     if (config.mono_or_stereo_dirty || config.embedded_buffer_dirty) {
         config.mono_or_stereo_dirty.Assign(0);
         state.mono_or_stereo = config.mono_or_stereo;
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu mono_or_stereo=%zu", source_id, static_cast<size_t>(state.mono_or_stereo));
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu mono_or_stereo=%zu", source_id,
+                  static_cast<size_t>(state.mono_or_stereo));
     }
 
     if (config.embedded_buffer_dirty) {
@@ -159,15 +164,16 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
             config.physical_address,
             config.length,
             static_cast<u8>(config.adpcm_ps),
-            { config.adpcm_yn[0], config.adpcm_yn[1] },
+            {config.adpcm_yn[0], config.adpcm_yn[1]},
             config.adpcm_dirty.ToBool(),
             config.is_looping.ToBool(),
             config.buffer_id,
             state.mono_or_stereo,
             state.format,
-            false
+            false,
         });
-        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "enqueuing embedded addr=0x%08x len=%u id=%hu", config.physical_address, config.length, config.buffer_id);
+        LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "enqueuing embedded addr=0x%08x len=%u id=%hu",
+                  config.physical_address, config.length, config.buffer_id);
     }
 
     if (config.buffer_queue_dirty) {
@@ -179,15 +185,16 @@ void Source::ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_l
                     b.physical_address,
                     b.length,
                     static_cast<u8>(b.adpcm_ps),
-                    { b.adpcm_yn[0], b.adpcm_yn[1] },
+                    {b.adpcm_yn[0], b.adpcm_yn[1]},
                     b.adpcm_dirty != 0,
                     b.is_looping != 0,
                     b.buffer_id,
                     state.mono_or_stereo,
                     state.format,
-                    true
+                    true,
                 });
-                LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "enqueuing queued %zu addr=0x%08x len=%u id=%hu", i, b.physical_address, b.length, b.buffer_id);
+                LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "enqueuing queued %zu addr=0x%08x len=%u id=%hu", i,
+                          b.physical_address, b.length, b.buffer_id);
             }
         }
         config.buffers_dirty = 0;
@@ -218,10 +225,13 @@ void Source::GenerateFrame() {
             break;
         }
 
-        const size_t size_to_copy = std::min(state.current_buffer.size(), current_frame.size() - frame_position);
+        const size_t size_to_copy =
+            std::min(state.current_buffer.size(), current_frame.size() - frame_position);
 
-        std::copy(state.current_buffer.begin(), state.current_buffer.begin() + size_to_copy, current_frame.begin() + frame_position);
-        state.current_buffer.erase(state.current_buffer.begin(), state.current_buffer.begin() + size_to_copy);
+        std::copy(state.current_buffer.begin(), state.current_buffer.begin() + size_to_copy,
+                  current_frame.begin() + frame_position);
+        state.current_buffer.erase(state.current_buffer.begin(),
+                                   state.current_buffer.begin() + size_to_copy);
 
         frame_position += size_to_copy;
         state.next_sample_number += static_cast<u32>(size_to_copy);
@@ -230,9 +240,9 @@ void Source::GenerateFrame() {
     state.filters.ProcessFrame(current_frame);
 }
 
-
 bool Source::DequeueBuffer() {
-    ASSERT_MSG(state.current_buffer.empty(), "Shouldn't dequeue; we still have data in current_buffer");
+    ASSERT_MSG(state.current_buffer.empty(),
+               "Shouldn't dequeue; we still have data in current_buffer");
 
     if (state.input_queue.empty())
         return false;
@@ -261,14 +271,16 @@ bool Source::DequeueBuffer() {
             break;
         case Format::ADPCM:
             DEBUG_ASSERT(num_channels == 1);
-            state.current_buffer = Codec::DecodeADPCM(memory, buf.length, state.adpcm_coeffs, state.adpcm_state);
+            state.current_buffer =
+                Codec::DecodeADPCM(memory, buf.length, state.adpcm_coeffs, state.adpcm_state);
             break;
         default:
             UNIMPLEMENTED();
             break;
         }
     } else {
-        LOG_WARNING(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu buffer_id=%hu length=%u: Invalid physical address 0x%08X",
+        LOG_WARNING(Audio_DSP,
+                    "source_id=%zu buffer_id=%hu length=%u: Invalid physical address 0x%08X",
                     source_id, buf.buffer_id, buf.length, buf.physical_address);
         state.current_buffer.clear();
         return true;
@@ -276,14 +288,17 @@ bool Source::DequeueBuffer() {
 
     switch (state.interpolation_mode) {
     case InterpolationMode::None:
-        state.current_buffer = AudioInterp::None(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
+        state.current_buffer =
+            AudioInterp::None(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
         break;
     case InterpolationMode::Linear:
-        state.current_buffer = AudioInterp::Linear(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
+        state.current_buffer =
+            AudioInterp::Linear(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
         break;
     case InterpolationMode::Polyphase:
         // TODO(merry): Implement polyphase interpolation
-        state.current_buffer = AudioInterp::Linear(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
+        state.current_buffer =
+            AudioInterp::Linear(state.interp_state, state.current_buffer, state.rate_multiplier);
         break;
     default:
         UNIMPLEMENTED();
@@ -296,7 +311,8 @@ bool Source::DequeueBuffer() {
     state.buffer_update = buf.from_queue;
 
     LOG_TRACE(Audio_DSP, "source_id=%zu buffer_id=%hu from_queue=%s current_buffer.size()=%zu",
-                         source_id, buf.buffer_id, buf.from_queue ? "true" : "false", state.current_buffer.size());
+              source_id, buf.buffer_id, buf.from_queue ? "true" : "false",
+              state.current_buffer.size());
     return true;
 }
 

src/audio_core/hle/source.h

@@ -7,13 +7,11 @@
 #include <array>
 #include <queue>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "audio_core/codec.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/common.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/dsp.h"
 #include "audio_core/hle/filter.h"
 #include "audio_core/interpolate.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace DSP {
@@ -40,13 +38,17 @@ public:
     /**
      * This is called once every audio frame. This performs per-source processing every frame.
      * @param config The new configuration we've got for this Source from the application.
-     * @param adpcm_coeffs ADPCM coefficients to use if config tells us to use them (may contain invalid values otherwise).
-     * @return The current status of this Source. This is given back to the emulated application via SharedMemory.
+     * @param adpcm_coeffs ADPCM coefficients to use if config tells us to use them (may contain
+     * invalid values otherwise).
+     * @return The current status of this Source. This is given back to the emulated application via
+     * SharedMemory.
      */
-    SourceStatus::Status Tick(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]);
+    SourceStatus::Status Tick(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config,
+                              const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]);
 
     /**
-     * Mix this source's output into dest, using the gains for the `intermediate_mix_id`-th intermediate mixer.
+     * Mix this source's output into dest, using the gains for the `intermediate_mix_id`-th
+     * intermediate mixer.
      * @param dest The QuadFrame32 to mix into.
      * @param intermediate_mix_id The id of the intermediate mix whose gains we are using.
      */
@@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ private:
     };
 
     struct BufferOrder {
-        bool operator() (const Buffer& a, const Buffer& b) const {
+        bool operator()(const Buffer& a, const Buffer& b) const {
             // Lower buffer_id comes first.
             return a.buffer_id > b.buffer_id;
         }
@@ -134,7 +136,8 @@ private:
     void ParseConfig(SourceConfiguration::Configuration& config, const s16_le (&adpcm_coeffs)[16]);
     /// INTERNAL: Generate the current audio output for this frame based on our internal state.
     void GenerateFrame();
-    /// INTERNAL: Dequeues a buffer and does preprocessing on it (decoding, resampling). Puts it into current_buffer.
+    /// INTERNAL: Dequeues a buffer and does preprocessing on it (decoding, resampling). Puts it
+    /// into current_buffer.
     bool DequeueBuffer();
     /// INTERNAL: Generates a SourceStatus::Status based on our internal state.
     SourceStatus::Status GetCurrentStatus();

src/audio_core/interpolate.cpp

@@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include "audio_core/interpolate.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
 
@@ -17,7 +16,8 @@ constexpr u64 scale_mask = scale_factor - 1;
 /// Here we step over the input in steps of rate_multiplier, until we consume all of the input.
 /// Three adjacent samples are passed to fn each step.
 template <typename Function>
-static StereoBuffer16 StepOverSamples(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multiplier, Function fn) {
+static StereoBuffer16 StepOverSamples(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input,
+                                      float rate_multiplier, Function fn) {
     ASSERT(rate_multiplier > 0);
 
     if (input.size() < 2)
@@ -63,21 +63,22 @@ static StereoBuffer16 StepOverSamples(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input,
 }
 
 StereoBuffer16 None(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multiplier) {
-    return StepOverSamples(state, input, rate_multiplier, [](u64 fraction, const auto& x0, const auto& x1, const auto& x2) {
-        return x0;
-    });
+    return StepOverSamples(
+        state, input, rate_multiplier,
+        [](u64 fraction, const auto& x0, const auto& x1, const auto& x2) { return x0; });
 }
 
 StereoBuffer16 Linear(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multiplier) {
     // Note on accuracy: Some values that this produces are +/- 1 from the actual firmware.
-    return StepOverSamples(state, input, rate_multiplier, [](u64 fraction, const auto& x0, const auto& x1, const auto& x2) {
+    return StepOverSamples(state, input, rate_multiplier,
+                           [](u64 fraction, const auto& x0, const auto& x1, const auto& x2) {
                                // This is a saturated subtraction. (Verified by black-box fuzzing.)
                                s64 delta0 = MathUtil::Clamp<s64>(x1[0] - x0[0], -32768, 32767);
                                s64 delta1 = MathUtil::Clamp<s64>(x1[1] - x0[1], -32768, 32767);
 
-        return std::array<s16, 2> {
+                               return std::array<s16, 2>{
                                    static_cast<s16>(x0[0] + fraction * delta0 / scale_factor),
-            static_cast<s16>(x0[1] + fraction * delta1 / scale_factor)
+                                   static_cast<s16>(x0[1] + fraction * delta1 / scale_factor),
                                };
                            });
 }

src/audio_core/interpolate.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace AudioInterp {
@@ -24,7 +23,8 @@ struct State {
  * No interpolation. This is equivalent to a zero-order hold. There is a two-sample predelay.
  * @param input Input buffer.
  * @param rate_multiplier Stretch factor. Must be a positive non-zero value.
- *                        rate_multiplier > 1.0 performs decimation and rate_multipler < 1.0 performs upsampling.
+ *                        rate_multiplier > 1.0 performs decimation and rate_multipler < 1.0
+ *                        performs upsampling.
  * @return The resampled audio buffer.
  */
 StereoBuffer16 None(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multiplier);
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ StereoBuffer16 None(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multip
  * Linear interpolation. This is equivalent to a first-order hold. There is a two-sample predelay.
  * @param input Input buffer.
  * @param rate_multiplier Stretch factor. Must be a positive non-zero value.
- *                        rate_multiplier > 1.0 performs decimation and rate_multipler < 1.0 performs upsampling.
+ *                        rate_multiplier > 1.0 performs decimation and rate_multipler < 1.0
+ *                        performs upsampling.
  * @return The resampled audio buffer.
  */
 StereoBuffer16 Linear(State& state, const StereoBuffer16& input, float rate_multiplier);

src/audio_core/null_sink.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <cstddef>
-
 #include "audio_core/audio_core.h"
 #include "audio_core/sink.h"
 

src/audio_core/sdl2_sink.cpp

@@ -3,16 +3,13 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <list>
+#include <numeric>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include <SDL.h>
-
 #include "audio_core/audio_core.h"
 #include "audio_core/sdl2_sink.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
-#include <numeric>
 
 namespace AudioCore {
 
@@ -45,7 +42,8 @@ SDL2Sink::SDL2Sink() : impl(std::make_unique<Impl>()) {
     SDL_AudioSpec obtained_audiospec;
     SDL_zero(obtained_audiospec);
 
-    impl->audio_device_id = SDL_OpenAudioDevice(nullptr, false, &desired_audiospec, &obtained_audiospec, 0);
+    impl->audio_device_id =
+        SDL_OpenAudioDevice(nullptr, false, &desired_audiospec, &obtained_audiospec, 0);
     if (impl->audio_device_id <= 0) {
         LOG_CRITICAL(Audio_Sink, "SDL_OpenAudioDevice failed");
         return;
@@ -86,9 +84,10 @@ size_t SDL2Sink::SamplesInQueue() const {
 
     SDL_LockAudioDevice(impl->audio_device_id);
 
-    size_t total_size = std::accumulate(impl->queue.begin(), impl->queue.end(), static_cast<size_t>(0),
-        [](size_t sum, const auto& buffer) {
-            // Division by two because each stereo sample is made of two s16.
+    size_t total_size = std::accumulate(impl->queue.begin(), impl->queue.end(),
+                                        static_cast<size_t>(0), [](size_t sum, const auto& buffer) {
+                                            // Division by two because each stereo sample is made of
+                                            // two s16.
                                             return sum + buffer.size() / 2;
                                         });
 
@@ -100,7 +99,8 @@ size_t SDL2Sink::SamplesInQueue() const {
 void SDL2Sink::Impl::Callback(void* impl_, u8* buffer, int buffer_size_in_bytes) {
     Impl* impl = reinterpret_cast<Impl*>(impl_);
 
-    size_t remaining_size = static_cast<size_t>(buffer_size_in_bytes) / sizeof(s16); // Keep track of size in 16-bit increments.
+    size_t remaining_size = static_cast<size_t>(buffer_size_in_bytes) /
+                            sizeof(s16); // Keep track of size in 16-bit increments.
 
     while (remaining_size > 0 && !impl->queue.empty()) {
         if (impl->queue.front().size() <= remaining_size) {
@@ -111,7 +111,8 @@ void SDL2Sink::Impl::Callback(void* impl_, u8* buffer, int buffer_size_in_bytes)
         } else {
             memcpy(buffer, impl->queue.front().data(), remaining_size * sizeof(s16));
             buffer += remaining_size * sizeof(s16);
-            impl->queue.front().erase(impl->queue.front().begin(), impl->queue.front().begin() + remaining_size);
+            impl->queue.front().erase(impl->queue.front().begin(),
+                                      impl->queue.front().begin() + remaining_size);
             remaining_size = 0;
         }
     }

src/audio_core/sdl2_sink.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <memory>
-
 #include "audio_core/sink.h"
 
 namespace AudioCore {

src/audio_core/sink.h

@@ -5,20 +5,21 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace AudioCore {
 
 /**
- * This class is an interface for an audio sink. An audio sink accepts samples in stereo signed PCM16 format to be output.
- * Sinks *do not* handle resampling and expect the correct sample rate. They are dumb outputs.
+ * This class is an interface for an audio sink. An audio sink accepts samples in stereo signed
+ * PCM16 format to be output. Sinks *do not* handle resampling and expect the correct sample rate.
+ * They are dumb outputs.
  */
 class Sink {
 public:
     virtual ~Sink() = default;
 
-    /// The native rate of this sink. The sink expects to be fed samples that respect this. (Units: samples/sec)
+    /// The native rate of this sink. The sink expects to be fed samples that respect this. (Units:
+    /// samples/sec)
     virtual unsigned int GetNativeSampleRate() const = 0;
 
     /**

src/audio_core/sink_details.cpp

@@ -4,10 +4,8 @@
 
 #include <memory>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "audio_core/null_sink.h"
 #include "audio_core/sink_details.h"
-
 #ifdef HAVE_SDL2
 #include "audio_core/sdl2_sink.h"
 #endif
@@ -17,9 +15,9 @@ namespace AudioCore {
 // g_sink_details is ordered in terms of desirability, with the best choice at the top.
 const std::vector<SinkDetails> g_sink_details = {
 #ifdef HAVE_SDL2
-    { "sdl2", []() { return std::make_unique<SDL2Sink>(); } },
+    {"sdl2", []() { return std::make_unique<SDL2Sink>(); }},
 #endif
-    { "null", []() { return std::make_unique<NullSink>(); } },
+    {"null", []() { return std::make_unique<NullSink>(); }},
 };
 
 } // namespace AudioCore

src/audio_core/time_stretch.cpp

@@ -5,12 +5,9 @@
 #include <chrono>
 #include <cmath>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include <SoundTouch.h>
-
 #include "audio_core/audio_core.h"
 #include "audio_core/time_stretch.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
@@ -48,7 +45,8 @@ std::vector<s16> TimeStretcher::Process(size_t samples_in_queue) {
 
     double ratio = CalculateCurrentRatio();
     ratio = CorrectForUnderAndOverflow(ratio, samples_in_queue);
-    impl->smoothed_ratio = (1.0 - SMOOTHING_FACTOR) * impl->smoothed_ratio + SMOOTHING_FACTOR * ratio;
+    impl->smoothed_ratio =
+        (1.0 - SMOOTHING_FACTOR) * impl->smoothed_ratio + SMOOTHING_FACTOR * ratio;
     impl->smoothed_ratio = ClampRatio(impl->smoothed_ratio);
 
     // SoundTouch's tempo definition the inverse of our ratio definition.
@@ -100,7 +98,8 @@ double TimeStretcher::CalculateCurrentRatio() {
     const steady_clock::time_point now = steady_clock::now();
     const std::chrono::duration<double> duration = now - impl->frame_timer;
 
-    const double expected_time = static_cast<double>(impl->samples_queued) / static_cast<double>(native_sample_rate);
+    const double expected_time =
+        static_cast<double>(impl->samples_queued) / static_cast<double>(native_sample_rate);
     const double actual_time = duration.count();
 
     double ratio;

src/audio_core/time_stretch.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <memory>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 namespace AudioCore {
@@ -37,7 +36,8 @@ public:
     /**
      * Does audio stretching and produces the time-stretched samples.
      * Timer calculations use sample_delay to determine how much of a margin we have.
-     * @param sample_delay How many samples are buffered downstream of this module and haven't been played yet.
+     * @param sample_delay How many samples are buffered downstream of this module and haven't been
+     * played yet.
      * @return Samples to play in interleaved stereo PCM16 format.
      */
     std::vector<s16> Process(size_t sample_delay);
@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ private:
 
     /// INTERNAL: ratio = wallclock time / emulated time
     double CalculateCurrentRatio();
-    /// INTERNAL: If we have too many or too few samples downstream, nudge ratio in the appropriate direction.
+    /// INTERNAL: If we have too many or too few samples downstream, nudge ratio in the appropriate
+    /// direction.
     double CorrectForUnderAndOverflow(double ratio, size_t sample_delay) const;
     /// INTERNAL: Gets the time-stretched samples from SoundTouch.
     std::vector<s16> GetSamples();

src/citra/citra.cpp

@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
-#include <string>
-#include <thread>
 #include <iostream>
 #include <memory>
+#include <string>
+#include <thread>
 
 // This needs to be included before getopt.h because the latter #defines symbols used by it
 #include "common/microprofile.h"
@@ -13,53 +13,48 @@
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #include <getopt.h>
 #else
-#include <unistd.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #include <Windows.h>
 #endif
 
-#include "common/logging/log.h"
+#include "citra/config.h"
+#include "citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.h"
 #include "common/logging/backend.h"
 #include "common/logging/filter.h"
+#include "common/logging/log.h"
 #include "common/scm_rev.h"
 #include "common/scope_exit.h"
 #include "common/string_util.h"
-
-#include "core/settings.h"
-#include "core/system.h"
 #include "core/core.h"
 #include "core/gdbstub/gdbstub.h"
 #include "core/loader/loader.h"
-
-#include "citra/config.h"
-#include "citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.h"
-
+#include "core/settings.h"
+#include "core/system.h"
 #include "video_core/video_core.h"
 
-
-static void PrintHelp(const char *argv0)
-{
-    std::cout << "Usage: " << argv0 << " [options] <filename>\n"
+static void PrintHelp(const char* argv0) {
+    std::cout << "Usage: " << argv0
+              << " [options] <filename>\n"
                  "-g, --gdbport=NUMBER  Enable gdb stub on port NUMBER\n"
                  "-h, --help            Display this help and exit\n"
                  "-v, --version         Output version information and exit\n";
 }
 
-static void PrintVersion()
-{
+static void PrintVersion() {
     std::cout << "Citra " << Common::g_scm_branch << " " << Common::g_scm_desc << std::endl;
 }
 
 /// Application entry point
-int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+int main(int argc, char** argv) {
     Config config;
     int option_index = 0;
     bool use_gdbstub = Settings::values.use_gdbstub;
     u32 gdb_port = static_cast<u32>(Settings::values.gdbstub_port);
-    char *endarg;
+    char* endarg;
 #ifdef _WIN32
     int argc_w;
     auto argv_w = CommandLineToArgvW(GetCommandLineW(), &argc_w);
@@ -72,10 +67,10 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
     std::string boot_filename;
 
     static struct option long_options[] = {
-        { "gdbport", required_argument, 0, 'g' },
-        { "help", no_argument, 0, 'h' },
-        { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' },
-        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+        {"gdbport", required_argument, 0, 'g'},
+        {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+        {"version", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
+        {0, 0, 0, 0},
     };
 
     while (optind < argc) {
@@ -86,7 +81,8 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
                 errno = 0;
                 gdb_port = strtoul(optarg, &endarg, 0);
                 use_gdbstub = true;
-                if (endarg == optarg) errno = EINVAL;
+                if (endarg == optarg)
+                    errno = EINVAL;
                 if (errno != 0) {
                     perror("--gdbport");
                     exit(1);

src/citra/config.cpp

@@ -3,19 +3,13 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <memory>
-
-#include <inih/cpp/INIReader.h>
-
 #include <SDL.h>
-
+#include <inih/cpp/INIReader.h>
 #include "citra/default_ini.h"
-
 #include "common/file_util.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
-
-#include "core/settings.h"
-
 #include "config.h"
+#include "core/settings.h"
 
 Config::Config() {
     // TODO: Don't hardcode the path; let the frontend decide where to put the config files.
@@ -45,15 +39,13 @@ bool Config::LoadINI(const std::string& default_contents, bool retry) {
 
 static const std::array<int, Settings::NativeInput::NUM_INPUTS> defaults = {
     // directly mapped keys
-    SDL_SCANCODE_A, SDL_SCANCODE_S, SDL_SCANCODE_Z, SDL_SCANCODE_X,
-    SDL_SCANCODE_Q, SDL_SCANCODE_W, SDL_SCANCODE_1, SDL_SCANCODE_2,
-    SDL_SCANCODE_M, SDL_SCANCODE_N, SDL_SCANCODE_B,
-    SDL_SCANCODE_T, SDL_SCANCODE_G, SDL_SCANCODE_F, SDL_SCANCODE_H,
-    SDL_SCANCODE_I, SDL_SCANCODE_K, SDL_SCANCODE_J, SDL_SCANCODE_L,
+    SDL_SCANCODE_A, SDL_SCANCODE_S, SDL_SCANCODE_Z, SDL_SCANCODE_X, SDL_SCANCODE_Q, SDL_SCANCODE_W,
+    SDL_SCANCODE_1, SDL_SCANCODE_2, SDL_SCANCODE_M, SDL_SCANCODE_N, SDL_SCANCODE_B, SDL_SCANCODE_T,
+    SDL_SCANCODE_G, SDL_SCANCODE_F, SDL_SCANCODE_H, SDL_SCANCODE_I, SDL_SCANCODE_K, SDL_SCANCODE_J,
+    SDL_SCANCODE_L,
 
     // indirectly mapped keys
-    SDL_SCANCODE_UP, SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN, SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT, SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT,
-    SDL_SCANCODE_D,
+    SDL_SCANCODE_UP, SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN, SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT, SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT, SDL_SCANCODE_D,
 };
 
 void Config::ReadValues() {
@@ -62,7 +54,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
         Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]] =
             sdl2_config->GetInteger("Controls", Settings::NativeInput::Mapping[i], defaults[i]);
     }
-    Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale = (float)sdl2_config->GetReal("Controls", "pad_circle_modifier_scale", 0.5);
+    Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale =
+        (float)sdl2_config->GetReal("Controls", "pad_circle_modifier_scale", 0.5);
 
     // Core
     Settings::values.use_cpu_jit = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Core", "use_cpu_jit", true);
@@ -71,7 +64,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
     // Renderer
     Settings::values.use_hw_renderer = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Renderer", "use_hw_renderer", true);
     Settings::values.use_shader_jit = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Renderer", "use_shader_jit", true);
-    Settings::values.use_scaled_resolution = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Renderer", "use_scaled_resolution", false);
+    Settings::values.use_scaled_resolution =
+        sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Renderer", "use_scaled_resolution", false);
     Settings::values.use_vsync = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Renderer", "use_vsync", false);
 
     Settings::values.bg_red = (float)sdl2_config->GetReal("Renderer", "bg_red", 1.0);
@@ -80,10 +74,12 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
 
     // Audio
     Settings::values.sink_id = sdl2_config->Get("Audio", "output_engine", "auto");
-    Settings::values.enable_audio_stretching = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Audio", "enable_audio_stretching", true);
+    Settings::values.enable_audio_stretching =
+        sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Audio", "enable_audio_stretching", true);
 
     // Data Storage
-    Settings::values.use_virtual_sd = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Data Storage", "use_virtual_sd", true);
+    Settings::values.use_virtual_sd =
+        sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Data Storage", "use_virtual_sd", true);
 
     // System
     Settings::values.is_new_3ds = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("System", "is_new_3ds", false);
@@ -94,7 +90,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
 
     // Debugging
     Settings::values.use_gdbstub = sdl2_config->GetBoolean("Debugging", "use_gdbstub", false);
-    Settings::values.gdbstub_port = static_cast<u16>(sdl2_config->GetInteger("Debugging", "gdbstub_port", 24689));
+    Settings::values.gdbstub_port =
+        static_cast<u16>(sdl2_config->GetInteger("Debugging", "gdbstub_port", 24689));
 }
 
 void Config::Reload() {

src/citra/config.h

@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 
 #include <memory>
 #include <string>
-
 #include <inih/cpp/INIReader.h>
 
 class Config {
     std::unique_ptr<INIReader> sdl2_config;
     std::string sdl2_config_loc;
 
-    bool LoadINI(const std::string& default_contents="", bool retry=true);
+    bool LoadINI(const std::string& default_contents = "", bool retry = true);
     void ReadValues();
+
 public:
     Config();
 

src/citra/default_ini.h

@@ -104,5 +104,4 @@ log_filter = *:Info
 use_gdbstub=false
 gdbstub_port=24689
 )";
-
 }

src/citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.cpp

@@ -5,22 +5,16 @@
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cstdlib>
 #include <string>
-
 #define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
 #include <SDL.h>
-
 #include <glad/glad.h>
-
+#include "citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.h"
 #include "common/key_map.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 #include "common/scm_rev.h"
 #include "common/string_util.h"
-
-#include "core/settings.h"
 #include "core/hle/service/hid/hid.h"
-
-#include "citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.h"
-
+#include "core/settings.h"
 #include "video_core/video_core.h"
 
 void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnMouseMotion(s32 x, s32 y) {
@@ -40,9 +34,9 @@ void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnMouseButton(u32 button, u8 state, s32 x, s32 y) {
 
 void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnKeyEvent(int key, u8 state) {
     if (state == SDL_PRESSED) {
-        KeyMap::PressKey(*this, { key, keyboard_id });
+        KeyMap::PressKey(*this, {key, keyboard_id});
     } else if (state == SDL_RELEASED) {
-        KeyMap::ReleaseKey(*this, { key, keyboard_id });
+        KeyMap::ReleaseKey(*this, {key, keyboard_id});
     }
 }
 
@@ -55,7 +49,8 @@ void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnResize() {
 
     SDL_GetWindowSize(render_window, &width, &height);
 
-    NotifyFramebufferLayoutChanged(EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(width, height));
+    NotifyFramebufferLayoutChanged(
+        EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(width, height));
 }
 
 EmuWindow_SDL2::EmuWindow_SDL2() {
@@ -80,12 +75,13 @@ EmuWindow_SDL2::EmuWindow_SDL2() {
     SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE, 8);
     SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE, 0);
 
-    std::string window_title = Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
-    render_window = SDL_CreateWindow(window_title.c_str(),
+    std::string window_title =
+        Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
+    render_window = SDL_CreateWindow(
+        window_title.c_str(),
         SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED, // x position
         SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED, // y position
-        VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth,
-        VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight + VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight,
+        VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth, VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight + VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight,
         SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI);
 
     if (render_window == nullptr) {
@@ -171,10 +167,14 @@ void EmuWindow_SDL2::DoneCurrent() {
 void EmuWindow_SDL2::ReloadSetKeymaps() {
     KeyMap::ClearKeyMapping(keyboard_id);
     for (int i = 0; i < Settings::NativeInput::NUM_INPUTS; ++i) {
-        KeyMap::SetKeyMapping({ Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]], keyboard_id }, KeyMap::mapping_targets[i]);
+        KeyMap::SetKeyMapping(
+            {Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]], keyboard_id},
+            KeyMap::mapping_targets[i]);
     }
 }
 
-void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) {
+void EmuWindow_SDL2::OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(
+    const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) {
+
     SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize(render_window, minimal_size.first, minimal_size.second);
 }

src/citra/emu_window/emu_window_sdl2.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <utility>
-
 #include "common/emu_window.h"
 
 struct SDL_Window;
@@ -47,7 +46,8 @@ private:
     void OnResize();
 
     /// Called when a configuration change affects the minimal size of the window
-    void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) override;
+    void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(
+        const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) override;
 
     /// Is the window still open?
     bool is_open = true;
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ private:
     /// Internal SDL2 render window
     SDL_Window* render_window;
 
-    using SDL_GLContext = void *;
+    using SDL_GLContext = void*;
     /// The OpenGL context associated with the window
     SDL_GLContext gl_context;
 

src/citra_qt/bootmanager.cpp

@@ -9,16 +9,13 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "citra_qt/bootmanager.h"
-
 #include "common/key_map.h"
 #include "common/microprofile.h"
 #include "common/scm_rev.h"
 #include "common/string_util.h"
-
 #include "core/core.h"
 #include "core/settings.h"
 #include "core/system.h"
-
 #include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 #include "video_core/video_core.h"
 
@@ -27,9 +24,8 @@
 #define APP_TITLE APP_NAME " " APP_VERSION
 #define COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Citra Team"
 
-EmuThread::EmuThread(GRenderWindow* render_window) :
-    exec_step(false), running(false), stop_run(false), render_window(render_window) {
-}
+EmuThread::EmuThread(GRenderWindow* render_window)
+    : exec_step(false), running(false), stop_run(false), render_window(render_window) {}
 
 void EmuThread::run() {
     render_window->MakeCurrent();
@@ -64,7 +60,7 @@ void EmuThread::run() {
             was_active = false;
         } else {
             std::unique_lock<std::mutex> lock(running_mutex);
-            running_cv.wait(lock, [this]{ return IsRunning() || exec_step || stop_run; });
+            running_cv.wait(lock, [this] { return IsRunning() || exec_step || stop_run; });
         }
     }
 
@@ -78,14 +74,13 @@ void EmuThread::run() {
     render_window->moveContext();
 }
 
-// This class overrides paintEvent and resizeEvent to prevent the GUI thread from stealing GL context.
+// This class overrides paintEvent and resizeEvent to prevent the GUI thread from stealing GL
+// context.
 // The corresponding functionality is handled in EmuThread instead
-class GGLWidgetInternal : public QGLWidget
-{
+class GGLWidgetInternal : public QGLWidget {
 public:
     GGLWidgetInternal(QGLFormat fmt, GRenderWindow* parent)
-                     : QGLWidget(fmt, parent), parent(parent) {
-    }
+        : QGLWidget(fmt, parent), parent(parent) {}
 
     void paintEvent(QPaintEvent* ev) override {
         if (do_painting) {
@@ -98,37 +93,43 @@ public:
         parent->OnFramebufferSizeChanged();
     }
 
-    void DisablePainting() { do_painting = false; }
-    void EnablePainting() { do_painting = true; }
+    void DisablePainting() {
+        do_painting = false;
+    }
+    void EnablePainting() {
+        do_painting = true;
+    }
 
 private:
     GRenderWindow* parent;
     bool do_painting;
 };
 
-GRenderWindow::GRenderWindow(QWidget* parent, EmuThread* emu_thread) :
-    QWidget(parent), keyboard_id(0), emu_thread(emu_thread), child(nullptr) {
+GRenderWindow::GRenderWindow(QWidget* parent, EmuThread* emu_thread)
+    : QWidget(parent), keyboard_id(0), emu_thread(emu_thread), child(nullptr) {
 
-    std::string window_title = Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
+    std::string window_title =
+        Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
     setWindowTitle(QString::fromStdString(window_title));
 
     keyboard_id = KeyMap::NewDeviceId();
     ReloadSetKeymaps();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::moveContext()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::moveContext() {
     DoneCurrent();
-    // We need to move GL context to the swapping thread in Qt5
+// We need to move GL context to the swapping thread in Qt5
 #if QT_VERSION > QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0)
-    // If the thread started running, move the GL Context to the new thread. Otherwise, move it back.
-    auto thread = (QThread::currentThread() == qApp->thread() && emu_thread != nullptr) ? emu_thread : qApp->thread();
+    // If the thread started running, move the GL Context to the new thread. Otherwise, move it
+    // back.
+    auto thread = (QThread::currentThread() == qApp->thread() && emu_thread != nullptr)
+                      ? emu_thread
+                      : qApp->thread();
     child->context()->moveToThread(thread);
 #endif
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::SwapBuffers()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::SwapBuffers() {
 #if !defined(QT_NO_DEBUG)
     // Qt debug runtime prints a bogus warning on the console if you haven't called makeCurrent
     // since the last time you called swapBuffers. This presumably means something if you're using
@@ -139,54 +140,48 @@ void GRenderWindow::SwapBuffers()
     child->swapBuffers();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::MakeCurrent()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::MakeCurrent() {
     child->makeCurrent();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::DoneCurrent()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::DoneCurrent() {
     child->doneCurrent();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::PollEvents() {
-}
+void GRenderWindow::PollEvents() {}
 
 // On Qt 5.0+, this correctly gets the size of the framebuffer (pixels).
 //
 // Older versions get the window size (density independent pixels),
 // and hence, do not support DPI scaling ("retina" displays).
 // The result will be a viewport that is smaller than the extent of the window.
-void GRenderWindow::OnFramebufferSizeChanged()
-{
-    // Screen changes potentially incur a change in screen DPI, hence we should update the framebuffer size
+void GRenderWindow::OnFramebufferSizeChanged() {
+    // Screen changes potentially incur a change in screen DPI, hence we should update the
+    // framebuffer size
     qreal pixelRatio = windowPixelRatio();
     unsigned width = child->QPaintDevice::width() * pixelRatio;
     unsigned height = child->QPaintDevice::height() * pixelRatio;
 
-    NotifyFramebufferLayoutChanged(EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(width, height));
+    NotifyFramebufferLayoutChanged(
+        EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(width, height));
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::BackupGeometry()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::BackupGeometry() {
     geometry = ((QGLWidget*)this)->saveGeometry();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::RestoreGeometry()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::RestoreGeometry() {
     // We don't want to back up the geometry here (obviously)
     QWidget::restoreGeometry(geometry);
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray& geometry)
-{
+void GRenderWindow::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray& geometry) {
     // Make sure users of this class don't need to deal with backing up the geometry themselves
     QWidget::restoreGeometry(geometry);
     BackupGeometry();
 }
 
-QByteArray GRenderWindow::saveGeometry()
-{
+QByteArray GRenderWindow::saveGeometry() {
     // If we are a top-level widget, store the current geometry
     // otherwise, store the last backup
     if (parent() == nullptr)
@@ -195,8 +190,7 @@ QByteArray GRenderWindow::saveGeometry()
         return geometry;
 }
 
-qreal GRenderWindow::windowPixelRatio()
-{
+qreal GRenderWindow::windowPixelRatio() {
 #if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0)
     // windowHandle() might not be accessible until the window is displayed to screen.
     return windowHandle() ? windowHandle()->screen()->devicePixelRatio() : 1.0f;
@@ -210,20 +204,16 @@ void GRenderWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* event) {
     QWidget::closeEvent(event);
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event)
-{
-    KeyMap::PressKey(*this, { event->key(), keyboard_id });
+void GRenderWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event) {
+    KeyMap::PressKey(*this, {event->key(), keyboard_id});
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent* event)
-{
-    KeyMap::ReleaseKey(*this, { event->key(), keyboard_id });
+void GRenderWindow::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent* event) {
+    KeyMap::ReleaseKey(*this, {event->key(), keyboard_id});
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
-{
-    if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
-    {
+void GRenderWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
+    if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
         auto pos = event->pos();
         qreal pixelRatio = windowPixelRatio();
         this->TouchPressed(static_cast<unsigned>(pos.x() * pixelRatio),
@@ -231,30 +221,28 @@ void GRenderWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
     }
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
-{
+void GRenderWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
     auto pos = event->pos();
     qreal pixelRatio = windowPixelRatio();
     this->TouchMoved(std::max(static_cast<unsigned>(pos.x() * pixelRatio), 0u),
                      std::max(static_cast<unsigned>(pos.y() * pixelRatio), 0u));
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
-{
+void GRenderWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
     if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
         this->TouchReleased();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::ReloadSetKeymaps()
-{
+void GRenderWindow::ReloadSetKeymaps() {
     KeyMap::ClearKeyMapping(keyboard_id);
     for (int i = 0; i < Settings::NativeInput::NUM_INPUTS; ++i) {
-        KeyMap::SetKeyMapping({ Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]], keyboard_id }, KeyMap::mapping_targets[i]);
+        KeyMap::SetKeyMapping(
+            {Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]], keyboard_id},
+            KeyMap::mapping_targets[i]);
     }
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::OnClientAreaResized(unsigned width, unsigned height)
-{
+void GRenderWindow::OnClientAreaResized(unsigned width, unsigned height) {
     NotifyClientAreaSizeChanged(std::make_pair(width, height));
 }
 
@@ -267,7 +255,8 @@ void GRenderWindow::InitRenderTarget() {
         delete layout();
     }
 
-    // TODO: One of these flags might be interesting: WA_OpaquePaintEvent, WA_NoBackground, WA_DontShowOnScreen, WA_DeleteOnClose
+    // TODO: One of these flags might be interesting: WA_OpaquePaintEvent, WA_NoBackground,
+    // WA_DontShowOnScreen, WA_DeleteOnClose
     QGLFormat fmt;
     fmt.setVersion(3, 3);
     fmt.setProfile(QGLFormat::CoreProfile);
@@ -279,7 +268,8 @@ void GRenderWindow::InitRenderTarget() {
     child = new GGLWidgetInternal(fmt, this);
     QBoxLayout* layout = new QHBoxLayout(this);
 
-    resize(VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth, VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight + VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight);
+    resize(VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth,
+           VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight + VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight);
     layout->addWidget(child);
     layout->setMargin(0);
     setLayout(layout);
@@ -292,7 +282,8 @@ void GRenderWindow::InitRenderTarget() {
     BackupGeometry();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(const std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>& minimal_size) {
+void GRenderWindow::OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(
+    const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) {
     setMinimumSize(minimal_size.first, minimal_size.second);
 }
 
@@ -306,11 +297,12 @@ void GRenderWindow::OnEmulationStopping() {
     child->EnablePainting();
 }
 
-void GRenderWindow::showEvent(QShowEvent * event) {
+void GRenderWindow::showEvent(QShowEvent* event) {
     QWidget::showEvent(event);
 
+#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0)
     // windowHandle() is not initialized until the Window is shown, so we connect it here.
-    #if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0)
-        connect(this->windowHandle(), SIGNAL(screenChanged(QScreen*)), this, SLOT(OnFramebufferSizeChanged()), Qt::UniqueConnection);
-    #endif
+    connect(this->windowHandle(), SIGNAL(screenChanged(QScreen*)), this,
+            SLOT(OnFramebufferSizeChanged()), Qt::UniqueConnection);
+#endif
 }

src/citra_qt/bootmanager.h

@@ -5,10 +5,8 @@
 #include <atomic>
 #include <condition_variable>
 #include <mutex>
-
 #include <QGLWidget>
 #include <QThread>
-
 #include "common/emu_window.h"
 #include "common/thread.h"
 
@@ -19,8 +17,7 @@ class GGLWidgetInternal;
 class GMainWindow;
 class GRenderWindow;
 
-class EmuThread : public QThread
-{
+class EmuThread : public QThread {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -58,7 +55,9 @@ public:
      * @return True if the emulation thread is running, otherwise false
      * @note This function is thread-safe
      */
-    bool IsRunning() { return running; }
+    bool IsRunning() {
+        return running;
+    }
 
     /**
      * Requests for the emulation thread to stop running
@@ -81,20 +80,23 @@ signals:
     /**
      * Emitted when the CPU has halted execution
      *
-     * @warning When connecting to this signal from other threads, make sure to specify either Qt::QueuedConnection (invoke slot within the destination object's message thread) or even Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection (additionally block source thread until slot returns)
+     * @warning When connecting to this signal from other threads, make sure to specify either
+     * Qt::QueuedConnection (invoke slot within the destination object's message thread) or even
+     * Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection (additionally block source thread until slot returns)
      */
     void DebugModeEntered();
 
     /**
      * Emitted right before the CPU continues execution
      *
-     * @warning When connecting to this signal from other threads, make sure to specify either Qt::QueuedConnection (invoke slot within the destination object's message thread) or even Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection (additionally block source thread until slot returns)
+     * @warning When connecting to this signal from other threads, make sure to specify either
+     * Qt::QueuedConnection (invoke slot within the destination object's message thread) or even
+     * Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection (additionally block source thread until slot returns)
      */
     void DebugModeLeft();
 };
 
-class GRenderWindow : public QWidget, public EmuWindow
-{
+class GRenderWindow : public QWidget, public EmuWindow {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -118,9 +120,9 @@ public:
     void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event) override;
     void keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent* event) override;
 
-    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) override;
-    void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) override;
-    void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) override;
+    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) override;
+    void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* event) override;
+    void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event) override;
 
     void ReloadSetKeymaps() override;
 
@@ -140,7 +142,8 @@ signals:
     void Closed();
 
 private:
-    void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(const std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>& minimal_size) override;
+    void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(
+        const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) override;
 
     GGLWidgetInternal* child;
 

src/citra_qt/config.cpp

@@ -3,10 +3,8 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QSettings>
-
 #include "citra_qt/config.h"
 #include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
-
 #include "common/file_util.h"
 
 Config::Config() {
@@ -20,24 +18,23 @@ Config::Config() {
 
 const std::array<QVariant, Settings::NativeInput::NUM_INPUTS> Config::defaults = {
     // directly mapped keys
-    Qt::Key_A, Qt::Key_S, Qt::Key_Z, Qt::Key_X,
-    Qt::Key_Q, Qt::Key_W, Qt::Key_1, Qt::Key_2,
-    Qt::Key_M, Qt::Key_N, Qt::Key_B,
-    Qt::Key_T, Qt::Key_G, Qt::Key_F, Qt::Key_H,
-    Qt::Key_I, Qt::Key_K, Qt::Key_J, Qt::Key_L,
+    Qt::Key_A, Qt::Key_S, Qt::Key_Z, Qt::Key_X, Qt::Key_Q, Qt::Key_W, Qt::Key_1, Qt::Key_2,
+    Qt::Key_M, Qt::Key_N, Qt::Key_B, Qt::Key_T, Qt::Key_G, Qt::Key_F, Qt::Key_H, Qt::Key_I,
+    Qt::Key_K, Qt::Key_J, Qt::Key_L,
 
     // indirectly mapped keys
-    Qt::Key_Up, Qt::Key_Down, Qt::Key_Left, Qt::Key_Right,
-    Qt::Key_D,
+    Qt::Key_Up, Qt::Key_Down, Qt::Key_Left, Qt::Key_Right, Qt::Key_D,
 };
 
 void Config::ReadValues() {
     qt_config->beginGroup("Controls");
     for (int i = 0; i < Settings::NativeInput::NUM_INPUTS; ++i) {
         Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]] =
-            qt_config->value(QString::fromStdString(Settings::NativeInput::Mapping[i]), defaults[i]).toInt();
+            qt_config->value(QString::fromStdString(Settings::NativeInput::Mapping[i]), defaults[i])
+                .toInt();
     }
-    Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale = qt_config->value("pad_circle_modifier_scale", 0.5).toFloat();
+    Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale =
+        qt_config->value("pad_circle_modifier_scale", 0.5).toFloat();
     qt_config->endGroup();
 
     qt_config->beginGroup("Core");
@@ -48,7 +45,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
     qt_config->beginGroup("Renderer");
     Settings::values.use_hw_renderer = qt_config->value("use_hw_renderer", true).toBool();
     Settings::values.use_shader_jit = qt_config->value("use_shader_jit", true).toBool();
-    Settings::values.use_scaled_resolution = qt_config->value("use_scaled_resolution", false).toBool();
+    Settings::values.use_scaled_resolution =
+        qt_config->value("use_scaled_resolution", false).toBool();
     Settings::values.use_vsync = qt_config->value("use_vsync", false).toBool();
 
     Settings::values.bg_red = qt_config->value("bg_red", 1.0).toFloat();
@@ -58,7 +56,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
 
     qt_config->beginGroup("Audio");
     Settings::values.sink_id = qt_config->value("output_engine", "auto").toString().toStdString();
-    Settings::values.enable_audio_stretching = qt_config->value("enable_audio_stretching", true).toBool();
+    Settings::values.enable_audio_stretching =
+        qt_config->value("enable_audio_stretching", true).toBool();
     qt_config->endGroup();
 
     qt_config->beginGroup("Data Storage");
@@ -84,10 +83,14 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
     qt_config->beginGroup("UILayout");
     UISettings::values.geometry = qt_config->value("geometry").toByteArray();
     UISettings::values.state = qt_config->value("state").toByteArray();
-    UISettings::values.renderwindow_geometry = qt_config->value("geometryRenderWindow").toByteArray();
-    UISettings::values.gamelist_header_state = qt_config->value("gameListHeaderState").toByteArray();
-    UISettings::values.microprofile_geometry = qt_config->value("microProfileDialogGeometry").toByteArray();
-    UISettings::values.microprofile_visible = qt_config->value("microProfileDialogVisible", false).toBool();
+    UISettings::values.renderwindow_geometry =
+        qt_config->value("geometryRenderWindow").toByteArray();
+    UISettings::values.gamelist_header_state =
+        qt_config->value("gameListHeaderState").toByteArray();
+    UISettings::values.microprofile_geometry =
+        qt_config->value("microProfileDialogGeometry").toByteArray();
+    UISettings::values.microprofile_visible =
+        qt_config->value("microProfileDialogVisible", false).toBool();
     qt_config->endGroup();
 
     qt_config->beginGroup("Paths");
@@ -106,8 +109,8 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
         QStringList hotkeys = qt_config->childGroups();
         for (auto hotkey : hotkeys) {
             qt_config->beginGroup(hotkey);
-            UISettings::values.shortcuts.emplace_back(
-                        UISettings::Shortcut(group + "/" + hotkey,
+            UISettings::values.shortcuts.emplace_back(UISettings::Shortcut(
+                group + "/" + hotkey,
                 UISettings::ContextualShortcut(qt_config->value("KeySeq").toString(),
                                                qt_config->value("Context").toInt())));
             qt_config->endGroup();
@@ -119,7 +122,7 @@ void Config::ReadValues() {
 
     UISettings::values.single_window_mode = qt_config->value("singleWindowMode", true).toBool();
     UISettings::values.display_titlebar = qt_config->value("displayTitleBars", true).toBool();
-    UISettings::values.confirm_before_closing = qt_config->value("confirmClose",true).toBool();
+    UISettings::values.confirm_before_closing = qt_config->value("confirmClose", true).toBool();
     UISettings::values.first_start = qt_config->value("firstStart", true).toBool();
 
     qt_config->endGroup();
@@ -131,7 +134,8 @@ void Config::SaveValues() {
         qt_config->setValue(QString::fromStdString(Settings::NativeInput::Mapping[i]),
                             Settings::values.input_mappings[Settings::NativeInput::All[i]]);
     }
-    qt_config->setValue("pad_circle_modifier_scale", (double)Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale);
+    qt_config->setValue("pad_circle_modifier_scale",
+                        (double)Settings::values.pad_circle_modifier_scale);
     qt_config->endGroup();
 
     qt_config->beginGroup("Core");

src/citra_qt/config.h

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 
 #include <string>
 #include <QVariant>
-
 #include "core/settings.h"
 
 class QSettings;
@@ -17,6 +16,7 @@ class Config {
 
     void ReadValues();
     void SaveValues();
+
 public:
     Config();
     ~Config();

src/citra_qt/configure_audio.cpp

@@ -3,16 +3,12 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include "audio_core/sink_details.h"
-
 #include "citra_qt/configure_audio.h"
+#include "core/settings.h"
 #include "ui_configure_audio.h"
 
-#include "core/settings.h"
-
-ConfigureAudio::ConfigureAudio(QWidget* parent) :
-        QWidget(parent),
-        ui(std::make_unique<Ui::ConfigureAudio>())
-{
+ConfigureAudio::ConfigureAudio(QWidget* parent)
+    : QWidget(parent), ui(std::make_unique<Ui::ConfigureAudio>()) {
     ui->setupUi(this);
 
     ui->output_sink_combo_box->clear();
@@ -24,8 +20,7 @@ ConfigureAudio::ConfigureAudio(QWidget* parent) :
     this->setConfiguration();
 }
 
-ConfigureAudio::~ConfigureAudio() {
-}
+ConfigureAudio::~ConfigureAudio() {}
 
 void ConfigureAudio::setConfiguration() {
     int new_sink_index = 0;
@@ -41,7 +36,9 @@ void ConfigureAudio::setConfiguration() {
 }
 
 void ConfigureAudio::applyConfiguration() {
-    Settings::values.sink_id = ui->output_sink_combo_box->itemText(ui->output_sink_combo_box->currentIndex()).toStdString();
+    Settings::values.sink_id =
+        ui->output_sink_combo_box->itemText(ui->output_sink_combo_box->currentIndex())
+            .toStdString();
     Settings::values.enable_audio_stretching = ui->toggle_audio_stretching->isChecked();
     Settings::Apply();
 }

src/citra_qt/configure_debug.cpp

@@ -3,20 +3,15 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include "citra_qt/configure_debug.h"
+#include "core/settings.h"
 #include "ui_configure_debug.h"
 
-#include "core/settings.h"
-
-ConfigureDebug::ConfigureDebug(QWidget *parent) :
-    QWidget(parent),
-    ui(new Ui::ConfigureDebug)
-{
+ConfigureDebug::ConfigureDebug(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::ConfigureDebug) {
     ui->setupUi(this);
     this->setConfiguration();
 }
 
-ConfigureDebug::~ConfigureDebug() {
-}
+ConfigureDebug::~ConfigureDebug() {}
 
 void ConfigureDebug::setConfiguration() {
     ui->toggle_gdbstub->setChecked(Settings::values.use_gdbstub);

src/citra_qt/configure_debug.h

@@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ namespace Ui {
 class ConfigureDebug;
 }
 
-class ConfigureDebug : public QWidget
-{
+class ConfigureDebug : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    explicit ConfigureDebug(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
+    explicit ConfigureDebug(QWidget* parent = nullptr);
     ~ConfigureDebug();
 
     void applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/configure_dialog.cpp

@@ -4,24 +4,17 @@
 
 #include "citra_qt/config.h"
 #include "citra_qt/configure_dialog.h"
+#include "core/settings.h"
 #include "ui_configure.h"
 
-
-#include "core/settings.h"
-
-ConfigureDialog::ConfigureDialog(QWidget *parent) :
-    QDialog(parent),
-    ui(new Ui::ConfigureDialog)
-{
+ConfigureDialog::ConfigureDialog(QWidget* parent) : QDialog(parent), ui(new Ui::ConfigureDialog) {
     ui->setupUi(this);
     this->setConfiguration();
 }
 
-ConfigureDialog::~ConfigureDialog() {
-}
+ConfigureDialog::~ConfigureDialog() {}
 
-void ConfigureDialog::setConfiguration() {
-}
+void ConfigureDialog::setConfiguration() {}
 
 void ConfigureDialog::applyConfiguration() {
     ui->generalTab->applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/configure_dialog.h

@@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ namespace Ui {
 class ConfigureDialog;
 }
 
-class ConfigureDialog : public QDialog
-{
+class ConfigureDialog : public QDialog {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    explicit ConfigureDialog(QWidget *parent);
+    explicit ConfigureDialog(QWidget* parent);
     ~ConfigureDialog();
 
     void applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/configure_general.cpp

@@ -4,23 +4,20 @@
 
 #include "citra_qt/configure_general.h"
 #include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
-#include "ui_configure_general.h"
-
 #include "core/settings.h"
 #include "core/system.h"
+#include "ui_configure_general.h"
+
+ConfigureGeneral::ConfigureGeneral(QWidget* parent)
+    : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::ConfigureGeneral) {
 
-ConfigureGeneral::ConfigureGeneral(QWidget *parent) :
-    QWidget(parent),
-    ui(new Ui::ConfigureGeneral)
-{
     ui->setupUi(this);
     this->setConfiguration();
 
     ui->toggle_cpu_jit->setEnabled(!System::IsPoweredOn());
 }
 
-ConfigureGeneral::~ConfigureGeneral() {
-}
+ConfigureGeneral::~ConfigureGeneral() {}
 
 void ConfigureGeneral::setConfiguration() {
     ui->toggle_deepscan->setChecked(UISettings::values.gamedir_deepscan);

src/citra_qt/configure_general.h

@@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ namespace Ui {
 class ConfigureGeneral;
 }
 
-class ConfigureGeneral : public QWidget
-{
+class ConfigureGeneral : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    explicit ConfigureGeneral(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
+    explicit ConfigureGeneral(QWidget* parent = nullptr);
     ~ConfigureGeneral();
 
     void applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/configure_graphics.cpp

@@ -3,23 +3,20 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include "citra_qt/configure_graphics.h"
-#include "ui_configure_graphics.h"
-
 #include "core/settings.h"
 #include "core/system.h"
+#include "ui_configure_graphics.h"
+
+ConfigureGraphics::ConfigureGraphics(QWidget* parent)
+    : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::ConfigureGraphics) {
 
-ConfigureGraphics::ConfigureGraphics(QWidget *parent) :
-    QWidget(parent),
-    ui(new Ui::ConfigureGraphics)
-{
     ui->setupUi(this);
     this->setConfiguration();
 
     ui->toggle_vsync->setEnabled(!System::IsPoweredOn());
 }
 
-ConfigureGraphics::~ConfigureGraphics() {
-}
+ConfigureGraphics::~ConfigureGraphics() {}
 
 void ConfigureGraphics::setConfiguration() {
     ui->toggle_hw_renderer->setChecked(Settings::values.use_hw_renderer);

src/citra_qt/configure_graphics.h

@@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ namespace Ui {
 class ConfigureGraphics;
 }
 
-class ConfigureGraphics : public QWidget
-{
+class ConfigureGraphics : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    explicit ConfigureGraphics(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
+    explicit ConfigureGraphics(QWidget* parent = nullptr);
     ~ConfigureGraphics();
 
     void applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/configure_input.cpp

@@ -5,38 +5,39 @@
 #include <memory>
 #include <utility>
 #include <QTimer>
-
 #include "citra_qt/configure_input.h"
 
-ConfigureInput::ConfigureInput(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent), ui(std::make_unique<Ui::ConfigureInput>()) {
+ConfigureInput::ConfigureInput(QWidget* parent)
+    : QWidget(parent), ui(std::make_unique<Ui::ConfigureInput>()) {
+
     ui->setupUi(this);
 
     // Initialize mapping of input enum to UI button.
     input_mapping = {
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::A, ui->buttonA) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::B, ui->buttonB) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::X, ui->buttonX) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::Y, ui->buttonY) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::L, ui->buttonL) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::R, ui->buttonR) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::ZL, ui->buttonZL) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::ZR, ui->buttonZR) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::START, ui->buttonStart) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::SELECT, ui->buttonSelect) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::HOME, ui->buttonHome) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::DUP, ui->buttonDpadUp) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::DDOWN, ui->buttonDpadDown) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::DLEFT, ui->buttonDpadLeft) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::DRIGHT, ui->buttonDpadRight) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CUP, ui->buttonCStickUp) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CDOWN, ui->buttonCStickDown) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CLEFT, ui->buttonCStickLeft) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CRIGHT, ui->buttonCStickRight) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_UP, ui->buttonCircleUp) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_DOWN, ui->buttonCircleDown) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_LEFT, ui->buttonCircleLeft) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_RIGHT, ui->buttonCircleRight) },
-        { std::make_pair(Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_MODIFIER, ui->buttonCircleMod) },
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::A, ui->buttonA},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::B, ui->buttonB},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::X, ui->buttonX},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::Y, ui->buttonY},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::L, ui->buttonL},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::R, ui->buttonR},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::ZL, ui->buttonZL},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::ZR, ui->buttonZR},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::START, ui->buttonStart},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::SELECT, ui->buttonSelect},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::HOME, ui->buttonHome},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::DUP, ui->buttonDpadUp},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::DDOWN, ui->buttonDpadDown},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::DLEFT, ui->buttonDpadLeft},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::DRIGHT, ui->buttonDpadRight},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CUP, ui->buttonCStickUp},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CDOWN, ui->buttonCStickDown},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CLEFT, ui->buttonCStickLeft},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CRIGHT, ui->buttonCStickRight},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_UP, ui->buttonCircleUp},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_DOWN, ui->buttonCircleDown},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_LEFT, ui->buttonCircleLeft},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_RIGHT, ui->buttonCircleRight},
+        {Settings::NativeInput::Values::CIRCLE_MODIFIER, ui->buttonCircleMod},
     };
 
     // Attach handle click method to each button click.
@@ -47,7 +48,10 @@ ConfigureInput::ConfigureInput(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent), ui(std::make_
     setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus);
     timer = new QTimer(this);
     timer->setSingleShot(true);
-    connect(timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, [&]() { key_pressed = Qt::Key_Escape; setKey(); });
+    connect(timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, [&]() {
+        key_pressed = Qt::Key_Escape;
+        setKey();
+    });
     this->setConfiguration();
 }
 
@@ -59,7 +63,7 @@ void ConfigureInput::handleClick() {
     grabKeyboard();
     grabMouse();
     changing_button = sender;
-    timer->start(5000); //Cancel after 5 seconds
+    timer->start(5000); // Cancel after 5 seconds
 }
 
 void ConfigureInput::applyConfiguration() {

src/citra_qt/configure_input.h

@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#include <QWidget>
+#include <memory>
 #include <QKeyEvent>
-
+#include <QWidget>
 #include "citra_qt/config.h"
 #include "core/settings.h"
 #include "ui_configure_input.h"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ class QString;
 class QTimer;
 
 namespace Ui {
-    class ConfigureInput;
+class ConfigureInput;
 }
 
 class ConfigureInput : public QWidget {
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ private:
     /// Load configuration settings into button text
     void setConfiguration();
 
-    /// Check all inputs for duplicate keys. Clears out any other button with the same value as this button's new value.
+    /// Check all inputs for duplicate keys. Clears out any other button with the same value as this
+    /// button's new value.
     void removeDuplicates(const QString& newValue);
 
     /// Handle key press event for input tab when a button is 'waiting'.

src/citra_qt/configure_system.cpp

@@ -4,27 +4,24 @@
 
 #include "citra_qt/configure_system.h"
 #include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
+#include "core/hle/service/cfg/cfg.h"
+#include "core/hle/service/fs/archive.h"
+#include "core/system.h"
 #include "ui_configure_system.h"
 
-#include "core/hle/service/fs/archive.h"
-#include "core/hle/service/cfg/cfg.h"
-#include "core/system.h"
-
 static const std::array<int, 12> days_in_month = {{
-    31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31
+    31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31,
 }};
 
-ConfigureSystem::ConfigureSystem(QWidget *parent) :
-    QWidget(parent),
-    ui(new Ui::ConfigureSystem) {
+ConfigureSystem::ConfigureSystem(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent), ui(new Ui::ConfigureSystem) {
     ui->setupUi(this);
-    connect(ui->combo_birthmonth, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), SLOT(updateBirthdayComboBox(int)));
+    connect(ui->combo_birthmonth, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)),
+            SLOT(updateBirthdayComboBox(int)));
 
     this->setConfiguration();
 }
 
-ConfigureSystem::~ConfigureSystem() {
-}
+ConfigureSystem::~ConfigureSystem() {}
 
 void ConfigureSystem::setConfiguration() {
     enabled = !System::IsPoweredOn();
@@ -54,13 +51,17 @@ void ConfigureSystem::setConfiguration() {
 void ConfigureSystem::ReadSystemSettings() {
     // set username
     username = Service::CFG::GetUsername();
-    // ui->edit_username->setText(QString::fromStdU16String(username)); // TODO(wwylele): Use this when we move to Qt 5.5
-    ui->edit_username->setText(QString::fromUtf16(reinterpret_cast<const ushort*>(username.data())));
+    // TODO(wwylele): Use this when we move to Qt 5.5
+    // ui->edit_username->setText(QString::fromStdU16String(username));
+    ui->edit_username->setText(
+        QString::fromUtf16(reinterpret_cast<const ushort*>(username.data())));
 
     // set birthday
     std::tie(birthmonth, birthday) = Service::CFG::GetBirthday();
     ui->combo_birthmonth->setCurrentIndex(birthmonth - 1);
-    updateBirthdayComboBox(birthmonth - 1); // explicitly update it because the signal from setCurrentIndex is not reliable
+    updateBirthdayComboBox(
+        birthmonth -
+        1); // explicitly update it because the signal from setCurrentIndex is not reliable
     ui->combo_birthday->setCurrentIndex(birthday - 1);
 
     // set system language
@@ -79,8 +80,10 @@ void ConfigureSystem::applyConfiguration() {
     bool modified = false;
 
     // apply username
-    // std::u16string new_username = ui->edit_username->text().toStdU16String(); // TODO(wwylele): Use this when we move to Qt 5.5
-    std::u16string new_username(reinterpret_cast<const char16_t*>(ui->edit_username->text().utf16()));
+    // TODO(wwylele): Use this when we move to Qt 5.5
+    // std::u16string new_username = ui->edit_username->text().toStdU16String();
+    std::u16string new_username(
+        reinterpret_cast<const char16_t*>(ui->edit_username->text().utf16()));
     if (new_username != username) {
         Service::CFG::SetUsername(new_username);
         modified = true;

src/citra_qt/configure_system.h

@@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ namespace Ui {
 class ConfigureSystem;
 }
 
-class ConfigureSystem : public QWidget
-{
+class ConfigureSystem : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    explicit ConfigureSystem(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
+    explicit ConfigureSystem(QWidget* parent = nullptr);
     ~ConfigureSystem();
 
     void applyConfiguration();

src/citra_qt/debugger/callstack.cpp

@@ -3,19 +3,15 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QStandardItemModel>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/callstack.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/symbols.h"
-
-#include "core/core.h"
-#include "core/memory.h"
 #include "core/arm/arm_interface.h"
 #include "core/arm/disassembler/arm_disasm.h"
+#include "core/core.h"
+#include "core/memory.h"
 
-CallstackWidget::CallstackWidget(QWidget* parent): QDockWidget(parent)
-{
+CallstackWidget::CallstackWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent) {
     ui.setupUi(this);
 
     callstack_model = new QStandardItemModel(this);
@@ -27,29 +23,26 @@ CallstackWidget::CallstackWidget(QWidget* parent): QDockWidget(parent)
     ui.treeView->setModel(callstack_model);
 }
 
-void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeEntered()
-{
+void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeEntered() {
     // Stack pointer
     const u32 sp = Core::g_app_core->GetReg(13);
 
     Clear();
 
     int counter = 0;
-    for (u32 addr = 0x10000000; addr >= sp; addr -= 4)
-    {
+    for (u32 addr = 0x10000000; addr >= sp; addr -= 4) {
         if (!Memory::IsValidVirtualAddress(addr))
             break;
 
         const u32 ret_addr = Memory::Read32(addr);
-        const u32 call_addr = ret_addr - 4; //get call address???
+        const u32 call_addr = ret_addr - 4; // get call address???
 
         if (!Memory::IsValidVirtualAddress(call_addr))
             break;
 
         /* TODO (mattvail) clean me, move to debugger interface */
         u32 insn = Memory::Read32(call_addr);
-        if (ARM_Disasm::Decode(insn) == OP_BL)
-        {
+        if (ARM_Disasm::Decode(insn) == OP_BL) {
             std::string name;
             // ripped from disasm
             u8 cond = (insn >> 28) & 0xf;
@@ -63,12 +56,18 @@ void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeEntered()
             i_offset += 8;
             const u32 func_addr = call_addr + i_offset;
 
-            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 0, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
-            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 1, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(ret_addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
-            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 2, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(call_addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
+            callstack_model->setItem(
+                counter, 0, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
+            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 1, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(
+                                                     ret_addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
+            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 2, new QStandardItem(QString("0x%1").arg(
+                                                     call_addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))));
 
             name = Symbols::HasSymbol(func_addr) ? Symbols::GetSymbol(func_addr).name : "unknown";
-            callstack_model->setItem(counter, 3, new QStandardItem(QString("%1_%2").arg(QString::fromStdString(name))
+            callstack_model->setItem(
+                counter, 3, new QStandardItem(
+                                QString("%1_%2")
+                                    .arg(QString::fromStdString(name))
                                     .arg(QString("0x%1").arg(func_addr, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')))));
 
             counter++;
@@ -76,13 +75,9 @@ void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeEntered()
     }
 }
 
-void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeLeft()
-{
+void CallstackWidget::OnDebugModeLeft() {}
 
-}
-
-void CallstackWidget::Clear()
-{
+void CallstackWidget::Clear() {
     for (int row = 0; row < callstack_model->rowCount(); row++) {
         for (int column = 0; column < callstack_model->columnCount(); column++) {
             callstack_model->setItem(row, column, new QStandardItem());

src/citra_qt/debugger/callstack.h

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@
 
 class QStandardItemModel;
 
-class CallstackWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class CallstackWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/disassembler.cpp

@@ -3,23 +3,20 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QShortcut>
-
 #include "citra_qt/bootmanager.h"
-#include "citra_qt/hotkeys.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/disassembler.h"
+#include "citra_qt/hotkeys.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-
 #include "common/break_points.h"
 #include "common/symbols.h"
-
-#include "core/core.h"
-#include "core/memory.h"
 #include "core/arm/arm_interface.h"
 #include "core/arm/disassembler/arm_disasm.h"
+#include "core/core.h"
+#include "core/memory.h"
 
-DisassemblerModel::DisassemblerModel(QObject* parent) :
-    QAbstractListModel(parent), base_address(0), code_size(0), program_counter(0), selection(QModelIndex()) {
-}
+DisassemblerModel::DisassemblerModel(QObject* parent)
+    : QAbstractListModel(parent), base_address(0), code_size(0), program_counter(0),
+      selection(QModelIndex()) {}
 
 int DisassemblerModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return 3;
@@ -31,8 +28,7 @@ int DisassemblerModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
 
 QVariant DisassemblerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
     switch (role) {
-        case Qt::DisplayRole:
-        {
+    case Qt::DisplayRole: {
         u32 address = base_address + index.row() * 4;
         u32 instr = Memory::Read32(address);
         std::string disassembly = ARM_Disasm::Disassemble(address, instr);
@@ -42,9 +38,10 @@ QVariant DisassemblerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
         } else if (index.column() == 1) {
             return QString::fromStdString(disassembly);
         } else if (index.column() == 2) {
-                if(Symbols::HasSymbol(address)) {
+            if (Symbols::HasSymbol(address)) {
                 TSymbol symbol = Symbols::GetSymbol(address);
-                    return QString("%1 - Size:%2").arg(QString::fromStdString(symbol.name))
+                return QString("%1 - Size:%2")
+                    .arg(QString::fromStdString(symbol.name))
                     .arg(symbol.size / 4); // divide by 4 to get instruction count
             } else if (ARM_Disasm::Decode(instr) == OP_BL) {
                 u32 offset = instr & 0xFFFFFF;
@@ -65,8 +62,7 @@ QVariant DisassemblerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
         break;
     }
 
-        case Qt::BackgroundRole:
-        {
+    case Qt::BackgroundRole: {
         unsigned int address = base_address + 4 * index.row();
 
         if (breakpoints.IsAddressBreakPoint(address))
@@ -77,8 +73,7 @@ QVariant DisassemblerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
         break;
     }
 
-        case Qt::FontRole:
-        {
+    case Qt::FontRole: {
         if (index.column() == 0 || index.column() == 1) { // 2 is the symbols column
             return GetMonospaceFont();
         }
@@ -103,7 +98,7 @@ const BreakPoints& DisassemblerModel::GetBreakPoints() const {
 void DisassemblerModel::ParseFromAddress(unsigned int address) {
 
     // NOTE: A too large value causes lagging when scrolling the disassembly
-    const unsigned int chunk_size = 1000*500;
+    const unsigned int chunk_size = 1000 * 500;
 
     // If we haven't loaded anything yet, initialize base address to the parameter address
     if (code_size == 0)
@@ -165,23 +160,26 @@ void DisassemblerModel::SetNextInstruction(unsigned int address) {
     emit dataChanged(prev_index, prev_index);
 }
 
-DisassemblerWidget::DisassemblerWidget(QWidget* parent, EmuThread* emu_thread) :
-    QDockWidget(parent), base_addr(0), emu_thread(emu_thread) {
+DisassemblerWidget::DisassemblerWidget(QWidget* parent, EmuThread* emu_thread)
+    : QDockWidget(parent), base_addr(0), emu_thread(emu_thread) {
 
     disasm_ui.setupUi(this);
 
     RegisterHotkey("Disassembler", "Start/Stop", QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F5), Qt::ApplicationShortcut);
     RegisterHotkey("Disassembler", "Step", QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F10), Qt::ApplicationShortcut);
     RegisterHotkey("Disassembler", "Step into", QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F11), Qt::ApplicationShortcut);
-    RegisterHotkey("Disassembler", "Set Breakpoint", QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F9), Qt::ApplicationShortcut);
+    RegisterHotkey("Disassembler", "Set Breakpoint", QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F9),
+                   Qt::ApplicationShortcut);
 
     connect(disasm_ui.button_step, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(OnStep()));
     connect(disasm_ui.button_pause, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(OnPause()));
     connect(disasm_ui.button_continue, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(OnContinue()));
 
-    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Start/Stop", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this, SLOT(OnToggleStartStop()));
+    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Start/Stop", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this,
+            SLOT(OnToggleStartStop()));
     connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Step", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this, SLOT(OnStep()));
-    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Step into", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this, SLOT(OnStepInto()));
+    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Step into", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this,
+            SLOT(OnStepInto()));
 
     setEnabled(false);
 }
@@ -195,7 +193,8 @@ void DisassemblerWidget::Init() {
 
     QModelIndex model_index = model->IndexFromAbsoluteAddress(Core::g_app_core->GetPC());
     disasm_ui.treeView->scrollTo(model_index);
-    disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(model_index, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent | QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
+    disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(
+        model_index, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent | QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
 }
 
 void DisassemblerWidget::OnContinue() {
@@ -234,11 +233,11 @@ void DisassemblerWidget::OnDebugModeEntered() {
 
     QModelIndex model_index = model->IndexFromAbsoluteAddress(next_instr);
     disasm_ui.treeView->scrollTo(model_index);
-    disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(model_index, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent | QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
+    disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(
+        model_index, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent | QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
 }
 
-void DisassemblerWidget::OnDebugModeLeft() {
-}
+void DisassemblerWidget::OnDebugModeLeft() {}
 
 int DisassemblerWidget::SelectedRow() {
     QModelIndex index = disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel()->currentIndex();
@@ -254,10 +253,12 @@ void DisassemblerWidget::OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread* emu_thread) {
     model = new DisassemblerModel(this);
     disasm_ui.treeView->setModel(model);
 
-    connect(disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(currentChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&)),
-        model, SLOT(OnSelectionChanged(const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(disasm_ui.treeView->selectionModel(),
+            SIGNAL(currentChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&)), model,
+            SLOT(OnSelectionChanged(const QModelIndex&)));
     connect(disasm_ui.button_breakpoint, SIGNAL(clicked()), model, SLOT(OnSetOrUnsetBreakpoint()));
-    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Set Breakpoint", this), SIGNAL(activated()), model, SLOT(OnSetOrUnsetBreakpoint()));
+    connect(GetHotkey("Disassembler", "Set Breakpoint", this), SIGNAL(activated()), model,
+            SLOT(OnSetOrUnsetBreakpoint()));
 
     Init();
     setEnabled(true);

src/citra_qt/debugger/disassembler.h

@@ -6,17 +6,14 @@
 
 #include <QAbstractListModel>
 #include <QDockWidget>
-
-#include "ui_disassembler.h"
-
 #include "common/break_points.h"
 #include "common/common_types.h"
+#include "ui_disassembler.h"
 
 class QAction;
 class EmuThread;
 
-class DisassemblerModel : public QAbstractListModel
-{
+class DisassemblerModel : public QAbstractListModel {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -46,8 +43,7 @@ private:
     mutable BreakPoints breakpoints;
 };
 
-class DisassemblerWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class DisassemblerWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics.cpp

@@ -3,41 +3,38 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QListView>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
 
 extern GraphicsDebugger g_debugger;
 
-GPUCommandStreamItemModel::GPUCommandStreamItemModel(QObject* parent) : QAbstractListModel(parent), command_count(0)
-{
+GPUCommandStreamItemModel::GPUCommandStreamItemModel(QObject* parent)
+    : QAbstractListModel(parent), command_count(0) {
     connect(this, SIGNAL(GXCommandFinished(int)), this, SLOT(OnGXCommandFinishedInternal(int)));
 }
 
-int GPUCommandStreamItemModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+int GPUCommandStreamItemModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return command_count;
 }
 
-QVariant GPUCommandStreamItemModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
-{
+QVariant GPUCommandStreamItemModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
     if (!index.isValid())
         return QVariant();
 
     int command_index = index.row();
     const GSP_GPU::Command& command = GetDebugger()->ReadGXCommandHistory(command_index);
-    if (role == Qt::DisplayRole)
-    {
+    if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
         std::map<GSP_GPU::CommandId, const char*> command_names = {
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::REQUEST_DMA, "REQUEST_DMA" },
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::SUBMIT_GPU_CMDLIST, "SUBMIT_GPU_CMDLIST" },
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_MEMORY_FILL, "SET_MEMORY_FILL" },
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_DISPLAY_TRANSFER, "SET_DISPLAY_TRANSFER" },
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_TEXTURE_COPY, "SET_TEXTURE_COPY" },
-            { GSP_GPU::CommandId::CACHE_FLUSH, "CACHE_FLUSH" },
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::REQUEST_DMA, "REQUEST_DMA"},
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::SUBMIT_GPU_CMDLIST, "SUBMIT_GPU_CMDLIST"},
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_MEMORY_FILL, "SET_MEMORY_FILL"},
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_DISPLAY_TRANSFER, "SET_DISPLAY_TRANSFER"},
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::SET_TEXTURE_COPY, "SET_TEXTURE_COPY"},
+            {GSP_GPU::CommandId::CACHE_FLUSH, "CACHE_FLUSH"},
         };
         const u32* command_data = reinterpret_cast<const u32*>(&command);
-        QString str = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9").arg(command_names[command.id])
+        QString str = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9")
+                          .arg(command_names[command.id])
                           .arg(command_data[0], 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))
                           .arg(command_data[1], 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))
                           .arg(command_data[2], 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))
@@ -47,31 +44,26 @@ QVariant GPUCommandStreamItemModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                           .arg(command_data[6], 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'))
                           .arg(command_data[7], 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
         return QVariant(str);
-    }
-    else
-    {
+    } else {
         return QVariant();
     }
 }
 
-void GPUCommandStreamItemModel::GXCommandProcessed(int total_command_count)
-{
+void GPUCommandStreamItemModel::GXCommandProcessed(int total_command_count) {
     emit GXCommandFinished(total_command_count);
 }
 
-void GPUCommandStreamItemModel::OnGXCommandFinishedInternal(int total_command_count)
-{
+void GPUCommandStreamItemModel::OnGXCommandFinishedInternal(int total_command_count) {
     if (total_command_count == 0)
         return;
 
     int prev_command_count = command_count;
     command_count = total_command_count;
-    emit dataChanged(index(prev_command_count,0), index(total_command_count-1,0));
+    emit dataChanged(index(prev_command_count, 0), index(total_command_count - 1, 0));
 }
 
-
-GPUCommandStreamWidget::GPUCommandStreamWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(tr("Graphics Debugger"), parent)
-{
+GPUCommandStreamWidget::GPUCommandStreamWidget(QWidget* parent)
+    : QDockWidget(tr("Graphics Debugger"), parent) {
     setObjectName("GraphicsDebugger");
 
     GPUCommandStreamItemModel* command_model = new GPUCommandStreamItemModel(this);

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics.h

@@ -6,11 +6,10 @@
 
 #include <QAbstractListModel>
 #include <QDockWidget>
-
 #include "video_core/gpu_debugger.h"
 
-class GPUCommandStreamItemModel : public QAbstractListModel, public GraphicsDebugger::DebuggerObserver
-{
+class GPUCommandStreamItemModel : public QAbstractListModel,
+                                  public GraphicsDebugger::DebuggerObserver {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -32,8 +31,7 @@ private:
     int command_count;
 };
 
-class GPUCommandStreamWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class GPUCommandStreamWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.cpp

@@ -3,30 +3,25 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QMetaType>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.h"
 
 BreakPointObserverDock::BreakPointObserverDock(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context,
                                                const QString& title, QWidget* parent)
-    : QDockWidget(title, parent), BreakPointObserver(debug_context)
-{
+    : QDockWidget(title, parent), BreakPointObserver(debug_context) {
     qRegisterMetaType<Pica::DebugContext::Event>("Pica::DebugContext::Event");
 
     connect(this, SIGNAL(Resumed()), this, SLOT(OnResumed()));
 
     // NOTE: This signal is emitted from a non-GUI thread, but connect() takes
     //       care of delaying its handling to the GUI thread.
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event,void*)),
-            this, SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event,void*)),
-            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event, void*)), this,
+            SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event, void*)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
 }
 
-void BreakPointObserverDock::OnPicaBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data)
-{
+void BreakPointObserverDock::OnPicaBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data) {
     emit BreakPointHit(event, data);
 }
 
-void BreakPointObserverDock::OnPicaResume()
-{
+void BreakPointObserverDock::OnPicaResume() {
     emit Resumed();
 }

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <QDockWidget>
-
 #include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 
 /**
@@ -13,7 +12,8 @@
  * This is because the Pica breakpoint callbacks are called from a non-GUI thread, while
  * the widget usually wants to perform reactions in the GUI thread.
  */
-class BreakPointObserverDock : public QDockWidget, protected Pica::DebugContext::BreakPointObserver {
+class BreakPointObserverDock : public QDockWidget,
+                               protected Pica::DebugContext::BreakPointObserver {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoints.cpp

@@ -7,47 +7,39 @@
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QTreeView>
 #include <QVBoxLayout>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoints.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoints_p.h"
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 
 BreakPointModel::BreakPointModel(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context, QObject* parent)
     : QAbstractListModel(parent), context_weak(debug_context),
       at_breakpoint(debug_context->at_breakpoint),
-      active_breakpoint(debug_context->active_breakpoint)
-{
+      active_breakpoint(debug_context->active_breakpoint) {}
 
-}
-
-int BreakPointModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+int BreakPointModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return 1;
 }
 
-int BreakPointModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+int BreakPointModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return static_cast<int>(Pica::DebugContext::Event::NumEvents);
 }
 
-QVariant BreakPointModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
-{
+QVariant BreakPointModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
     const auto event = static_cast<Pica::DebugContext::Event>(index.row());
 
     switch (role) {
-    case Qt::DisplayRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::DisplayRole: {
         if (index.column() == 0) {
             static const std::map<Pica::DebugContext::Event, QString> map = {
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::PicaCommandLoaded, tr("Pica command loaded") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::PicaCommandProcessed, tr("Pica command processed") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::IncomingPrimitiveBatch, tr("Incoming primitive batch") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::FinishedPrimitiveBatch, tr("Finished primitive batch") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::VertexShaderInvocation, tr("Vertex shader invocation") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::IncomingDisplayTransfer, tr("Incoming display transfer") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::GSPCommandProcessed, tr("GSP command processed") },
-                { Pica::DebugContext::Event::BufferSwapped, tr("Buffers swapped") }
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::PicaCommandLoaded, tr("Pica command loaded")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::PicaCommandProcessed, tr("Pica command processed")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::IncomingPrimitiveBatch, tr("Incoming primitive batch")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::FinishedPrimitiveBatch, tr("Finished primitive batch")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::VertexShaderInvocation, tr("Vertex shader invocation")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::IncomingDisplayTransfer,
+                 tr("Incoming display transfer")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::GSPCommandProcessed, tr("GSP command processed")},
+                {Pica::DebugContext::Event::BufferSwapped, tr("Buffers swapped")},
             };
 
             DEBUG_ASSERT(map.size() == static_cast<size_t>(Pica::DebugContext::Event::NumEvents));
@@ -57,23 +49,20 @@ QVariant BreakPointModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
         break;
     }
 
-    case Qt::CheckStateRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::CheckStateRole: {
         if (index.column() == 0)
             return data(index, Role_IsEnabled).toBool() ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked;
         break;
     }
 
-    case Qt::BackgroundRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::BackgroundRole: {
         if (at_breakpoint && index.row() == static_cast<int>(active_breakpoint)) {
             return QBrush(QColor(0xE0, 0xE0, 0x10));
         }
         break;
     }
 
-    case Role_IsEnabled:
-    {
+    case Role_IsEnabled: {
         auto context = context_weak.lock();
         return context && context->breakpoints[(int)event].enabled;
     }
@@ -84,8 +73,7 @@ QVariant BreakPointModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
     return QVariant();
 }
 
-Qt::ItemFlags BreakPointModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
-{
+Qt::ItemFlags BreakPointModel::flags(const QModelIndex& index) const {
     if (!index.isValid())
         return 0;
 
@@ -95,14 +83,11 @@ Qt::ItemFlags BreakPointModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
     return flags;
 }
 
-
-bool BreakPointModel::setData(const QModelIndex& index, const QVariant& value, int role)
-{
+bool BreakPointModel::setData(const QModelIndex& index, const QVariant& value, int role) {
     const auto event = static_cast<Pica::DebugContext::Event>(index.row());
 
     switch (role) {
-    case Qt::CheckStateRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::CheckStateRole: {
         if (index.column() != 0)
             return false;
 
@@ -120,9 +105,7 @@ bool BreakPointModel::setData(const QModelIndex& index, const QVariant& value, i
     return false;
 }
 
-
-void BreakPointModel::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event)
-{
+void BreakPointModel::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event) {
     auto context = context_weak.lock();
     if (!context)
         return;
@@ -133,8 +116,7 @@ void BreakPointModel::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event)
                      createIndex(static_cast<int>(event), 0));
 }
 
-void BreakPointModel::OnResumed()
-{
+void BreakPointModel::OnResumed() {
     auto context = context_weak.lock();
     if (!context)
         return;
@@ -145,12 +127,10 @@ void BreakPointModel::OnResumed()
     active_breakpoint = context->active_breakpoint;
 }
 
-
-GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::GraphicsBreakPointsWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context,
-                                                     QWidget* parent)
+GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::GraphicsBreakPointsWidget(
+    std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context, QWidget* parent)
     : QDockWidget(tr("Pica Breakpoints"), parent),
-      Pica::DebugContext::BreakPointObserver(debug_context)
-{
+      Pica::DebugContext::BreakPointObserver(debug_context) {
     setObjectName("PicaBreakPointsWidget");
 
     status_text = new QLabel(tr("Emulation running"));
@@ -165,23 +145,21 @@ GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::GraphicsBreakPointsWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::Debug
 
     qRegisterMetaType<Pica::DebugContext::Event>("Pica::DebugContext::Event");
 
-    connect(breakpoint_list, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)),
-            this, SLOT(OnItemDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(breakpoint_list, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)), this,
+            SLOT(OnItemDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)));
 
     connect(resume_button, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(OnResumeRequested()));
 
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event,void*)),
-            this, SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event,void*)),
-            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event, void*)), this,
+            SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event, void*)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
     connect(this, SIGNAL(Resumed()), this, SLOT(OnResumed()));
 
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event,void*)),
-            breakpoint_model, SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event)),
-            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event, void*)), breakpoint_model,
+            SLOT(OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
     connect(this, SIGNAL(Resumed()), breakpoint_model, SLOT(OnResumed()));
 
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointsChanged(const QModelIndex&,const QModelIndex&)),
-            breakpoint_model, SIGNAL(dataChanged(const QModelIndex&,const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(BreakPointsChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&)),
+            breakpoint_model, SIGNAL(dataChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&)));
 
     QWidget* main_widget = new QWidget;
     auto main_layout = new QVBoxLayout;
@@ -197,38 +175,32 @@ GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::GraphicsBreakPointsWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::Debug
     setWidget(main_widget);
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnPicaBreakPointHit(Event event, void* data)
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnPicaBreakPointHit(Event event, void* data) {
     // Process in GUI thread
     emit BreakPointHit(event, data);
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data)
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data) {
     status_text->setText(tr("Emulation halted at breakpoint"));
     resume_button->setEnabled(true);
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnPicaResume()
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnPicaResume() {
     // Process in GUI thread
     emit Resumed();
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnResumed()
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnResumed() {
     status_text->setText(tr("Emulation running"));
     resume_button->setEnabled(false);
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnResumeRequested()
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnResumeRequested() {
     if (auto context = context_weak.lock())
         context->Resume();
 }
 
-void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnItemDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex& index)
-{
+void GraphicsBreakPointsWidget::OnItemDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex& index) {
     if (!index.isValid())
         return;
 

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoints.h

@@ -5,9 +5,7 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <memory>
-
 #include <QDockWidget>
-
 #include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 
 class QLabel;

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoints_p.h

@@ -5,9 +5,7 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <memory>
-
 #include <QAbstractListModel>
-
 #include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 
 class BreakPointModel : public QAbstractListModel {
@@ -23,7 +21,7 @@ public:
     int columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
-    Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const override;
+    Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex& index) const override;
 
     bool setData(const QModelIndex& index, const QVariant& value, int role = Qt::EditRole) override;
 

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_cmdlists.cpp

@@ -13,16 +13,13 @@
 #include <QSpinBox>
 #include <QTreeView>
 #include <QVBoxLayout>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_cmdlists.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/spinbox.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-
 #include "common/vector_math.h"
-
+#include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 #include "video_core/pica.h"
 #include "video_core/pica_state.h"
-#include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
 
 QImage LoadTexture(u8* src, const Pica::DebugUtils::TextureInfo& info) {
     QImage decoded_image(info.width, info.height, QImage::Format_ARGB32);
@@ -38,7 +35,8 @@ QImage LoadTexture(u8* src, const Pica::DebugUtils::TextureInfo& info) {
 
 class TextureInfoWidget : public QWidget {
 public:
-    TextureInfoWidget(u8* src, const Pica::DebugUtils::TextureInfo& info, QWidget* parent = nullptr) : QWidget(parent) {
+    TextureInfoWidget(u8* src, const Pica::DebugUtils::TextureInfo& info, QWidget* parent = nullptr)
+        : QWidget(parent) {
         QLabel* image_widget = new QLabel;
         QPixmap image_pixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(LoadTexture(src, info));
         image_pixmap = image_pixmap.scaled(200, 100, Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation);
@@ -50,9 +48,7 @@ public:
     }
 };
 
-GPUCommandListModel::GPUCommandListModel(QObject* parent) : QAbstractListModel(parent) {
-
-}
+GPUCommandListModel::GPUCommandListModel(QObject* parent) : QAbstractListModel(parent) {}
 
 int GPUCommandListModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return static_cast<int>(pica_trace.writes.size());
@@ -70,7 +66,7 @@ QVariant GPUCommandListModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
 
     if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
         QString content;
-        switch ( index.column() ) {
+        switch (index.column()) {
         case 0:
             return QString::fromLatin1(Pica::Regs::GetCommandName(write.cmd_id).c_str());
         case 1:
@@ -88,9 +84,8 @@ QVariant GPUCommandListModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
 }
 
 QVariant GPUCommandListModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const {
-    switch(role) {
-    case Qt::DisplayRole:
-    {
+    switch (role) {
+    case Qt::DisplayRole: {
         switch (section) {
         case 0:
             return tr("Command Name");
@@ -122,9 +117,9 @@ void GPUCommandListModel::OnPicaTraceFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace&
      cmd_id < PICA_REG_INDEX(reg_name) + sizeof(decltype(Pica::g_state.regs.reg_name)) / 4)
 
 void GPUCommandListWidget::OnCommandDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex& index) {
-    const unsigned int command_id = list_widget->model()->data(index, GPUCommandListModel::CommandIdRole).toUInt();
-    if (COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture0) ||
-        COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture1) ||
+    const unsigned int command_id =
+        list_widget->model()->data(index, GPUCommandListModel::CommandIdRole).toUInt();
+    if (COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture0) || COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture1) ||
         COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture2)) {
 
         unsigned index;
@@ -148,9 +143,9 @@ void GPUCommandListWidget::OnCommandDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex& index) {
 void GPUCommandListWidget::SetCommandInfo(const QModelIndex& index) {
     QWidget* new_info_widget = nullptr;
 
-    const unsigned int command_id = list_widget->model()->data(index, GPUCommandListModel::CommandIdRole).toUInt();
-    if (COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture0) ||
-        COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture1) ||
+    const unsigned int command_id =
+        list_widget->model()->data(index, GPUCommandListModel::CommandIdRole).toUInt();
+    if (COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture0) || COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture1) ||
         COMMAND_IN_RANGE(command_id, texture2)) {
 
         unsigned index;
@@ -179,7 +174,8 @@ void GPUCommandListWidget::SetCommandInfo(const QModelIndex& index) {
 }
 #undef COMMAND_IN_RANGE
 
-GPUCommandListWidget::GPUCommandListWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(tr("Pica Command List"), parent) {
+GPUCommandListWidget::GPUCommandListWidget(QWidget* parent)
+    : QDockWidget(tr("Pica Command List"), parent) {
     setObjectName("Pica Command List");
     GPUCommandListModel* model = new GPUCommandListModel(this);
 
@@ -191,23 +187,24 @@ GPUCommandListWidget::GPUCommandListWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(tr("Pi
     list_widget->setRootIsDecorated(false);
     list_widget->setUniformRowHeights(true);
 
-#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0)
+#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0)
     list_widget->header()->setSectionResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents);
 #else
     list_widget->header()->setResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents);
 #endif
 
-    connect(list_widget->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(currentChanged(const QModelIndex&,const QModelIndex&)),
-            this, SLOT(SetCommandInfo(const QModelIndex&)));
-    connect(list_widget, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)),
-            this, SLOT(OnCommandDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(list_widget->selectionModel(),
+            SIGNAL(currentChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&)), this,
+            SLOT(SetCommandInfo(const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(list_widget, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)), this,
+            SLOT(OnCommandDoubleClicked(const QModelIndex&)));
 
     toggle_tracing = new QPushButton(tr("Start Tracing"));
     QPushButton* copy_all = new QPushButton(tr("Copy All"));
 
     connect(toggle_tracing, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(OnToggleTracing()));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(TracingFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace&)),
-            model, SLOT(OnPicaTraceFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace&)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(TracingFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace&)), model,
+            SLOT(OnPicaTraceFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace&)));
 
     connect(copy_all, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(CopyAllToClipboard()));
 

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_cmdlists.h

@@ -6,15 +6,13 @@
 
 #include <QAbstractListModel>
 #include <QDockWidget>
-
-#include "video_core/gpu_debugger.h"
 #include "video_core/debug_utils/debug_utils.h"
+#include "video_core/gpu_debugger.h"
 
 class QPushButton;
 class QTreeView;
 
-class GPUCommandListModel : public QAbstractListModel
-{
+class GPUCommandListModel : public QAbstractListModel {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -27,7 +25,8 @@ public:
     int columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
-    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
+    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                        int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
 
 public slots:
     void OnPicaTraceFinished(const Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace& trace);
@@ -36,8 +35,7 @@ private:
     Pica::DebugUtils::PicaTrace pica_trace;
 };
 
-class GPUCommandListWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class GPUCommandListWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_surface.cpp

@@ -11,24 +11,20 @@
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QScrollArea>
 #include <QSpinBox>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_surface.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/spinbox.h"
-
 #include "common/color.h"
-
-#include "core/memory.h"
 #include "core/hw/gpu.h"
-
+#include "core/memory.h"
 #include "video_core/pica.h"
 #include "video_core/pica_state.h"
 #include "video_core/utils.h"
 
-SurfacePicture::SurfacePicture(QWidget* parent, GraphicsSurfaceWidget* surface_widget_) : QLabel(parent), surface_widget(surface_widget_) {}
+SurfacePicture::SurfacePicture(QWidget* parent, GraphicsSurfaceWidget* surface_widget_)
+    : QLabel(parent), surface_widget(surface_widget_) {}
 SurfacePicture::~SurfacePicture() {}
 
-void SurfacePicture::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event)
-{
+void SurfacePicture::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
     // Only do something while the left mouse button is held down
     if (!(event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton))
         return;
@@ -41,18 +37,15 @@ void SurfacePicture::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event)
                              event->y() * pixmap()->height() / height());
 }
 
-void SurfacePicture::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* event)
-{
+void SurfacePicture::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
     // We also want to handle the event if the user moves the mouse while holding down the LMB
     mousePressEvent(event);
 }
 
-
 GraphicsSurfaceWidget::GraphicsSurfaceWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context,
                                              QWidget* parent)
     : BreakPointObserverDock(debug_context, tr("Pica Surface Viewer"), parent),
-      surface_source(Source::ColorBuffer)
-{
+      surface_source(Source::ColorBuffer) {
     setObjectName("PicaSurface");
 
     surface_source_list = new QComboBox;
@@ -124,13 +117,20 @@ GraphicsSurfaceWidget::GraphicsSurfaceWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext>
 
     // Connections
     connect(this, SIGNAL(Update()), this, SLOT(OnUpdate()));
-    connect(surface_source_list, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfaceSourceChanged(int)));
-    connect(surface_address_control, SIGNAL(ValueChanged(qint64)), this, SLOT(OnSurfaceAddressChanged(qint64)));
-    connect(surface_width_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfaceWidthChanged(int)));
-    connect(surface_height_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfaceHeightChanged(int)));
-    connect(surface_format_control, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfaceFormatChanged(int)));
-    connect(surface_picker_x_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfacePickerXChanged(int)));
-    connect(surface_picker_y_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(OnSurfacePickerYChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_source_list, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfaceSourceChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_address_control, SIGNAL(ValueChanged(qint64)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfaceAddressChanged(qint64)));
+    connect(surface_width_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfaceWidthChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_height_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfaceHeightChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_format_control, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfaceFormatChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_picker_x_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfacePickerXChanged(int)));
+    connect(surface_picker_y_control, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this,
+            SLOT(OnSurfacePickerYChanged(int)));
     connect(save_surface, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(SaveSurface()));
 
     auto main_widget = new QWidget;
@@ -203,25 +203,21 @@ GraphicsSurfaceWidget::GraphicsSurfaceWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext>
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnBreakPointHit(Pica::DebugContext::Event event, void* data) {
     emit Update();
     widget()->setEnabled(true);
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnResumed()
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnResumed() {
     widget()->setEnabled(false);
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceSourceChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceSourceChanged(int new_value) {
     surface_source = static_cast<Source>(new_value);
     emit Update();
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceAddressChanged(qint64 new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceAddressChanged(qint64 new_value) {
     if (surface_address != new_value) {
         surface_address = static_cast<unsigned>(new_value);
 
@@ -230,8 +226,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceAddressChanged(qint64 new_value)
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceWidthChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceWidthChanged(int new_value) {
     if (surface_width != static_cast<unsigned>(new_value)) {
         surface_width = static_cast<unsigned>(new_value);
 
@@ -240,8 +235,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceWidthChanged(int new_value)
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceHeightChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceHeightChanged(int new_value) {
     if (surface_height != static_cast<unsigned>(new_value)) {
         surface_height = static_cast<unsigned>(new_value);
 
@@ -250,8 +244,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceHeightChanged(int new_value)
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceFormatChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceFormatChanged(int new_value) {
     if (surface_format != static_cast<Format>(new_value)) {
         surface_format = static_cast<Format>(new_value);
 
@@ -260,24 +253,21 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfaceFormatChanged(int new_value)
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfacePickerXChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfacePickerXChanged(int new_value) {
     if (surface_picker_x != new_value) {
         surface_picker_x = new_value;
         Pick(surface_picker_x, surface_picker_y);
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfacePickerYChanged(int new_value)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnSurfacePickerYChanged(int new_value) {
     if (surface_picker_y != new_value) {
         surface_picker_y = new_value;
         Pick(surface_picker_x, surface_picker_y);
     }
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y) {
     surface_picker_x_control->setValue(x);
     surface_picker_y_control->setValue(y);
 
@@ -312,8 +302,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
 
     auto GetText = [offset](Format format, const u8* pixel) {
         switch (format) {
-        case Format::RGBA8:
-        {
+        case Format::RGBA8: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRGBA8(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2, Blue: %3, Alpha: %4")
                 .arg(QString::number(value.r(), 'f', 2))
@@ -321,16 +310,14 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
                 .arg(QString::number(value.b(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.a(), 'f', 2));
         }
-        case Format::RGB8:
-        {
+        case Format::RGB8: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRGB8(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2, Blue: %3")
                 .arg(QString::number(value.r(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.g(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.b(), 'f', 2));
         }
-        case Format::RGB5A1:
-        {
+        case Format::RGB5A1: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRGB5A1(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2, Blue: %3, Alpha: %4")
                 .arg(QString::number(value.r(), 'f', 2))
@@ -338,16 +325,14 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
                 .arg(QString::number(value.b(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.a(), 'f', 2));
         }
-        case Format::RGB565:
-        {
+        case Format::RGB565: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRGB565(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2, Blue: %3")
                 .arg(QString::number(value.r(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.g(), 'f', 2))
                 .arg(QString::number(value.b(), 'f', 2));
         }
-        case Format::RGBA4:
-        {
+        case Format::RGBA4: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRGBA4(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2, Blue: %3, Alpha: %4")
                 .arg(QString::number(value.r(), 'f', 2))
@@ -356,9 +341,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
                 .arg(QString::number(value.a(), 'f', 2));
         }
         case Format::IA8:
-            return QString("Index: %1, Alpha: %2")
-                      .arg(pixel[0])
-                      .arg(pixel[1]);
+            return QString("Index: %1, Alpha: %2").arg(pixel[0]).arg(pixel[1]);
         case Format::RG8: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeRG8(pixel) / 255.0f;
             return QString("Red: %1, Green: %2")
@@ -370,16 +353,12 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
         case Format::A8:
             return QString("Alpha: %1").arg(QString::number(*pixel / 255.0f, 'f', 2));
         case Format::IA4:
-            return QString("Index: %1, Alpha: %2")
-                      .arg(*pixel & 0xF)
-                      .arg((*pixel & 0xF0) >> 4);
-        case Format::I4:
-        {
+            return QString("Index: %1, Alpha: %2").arg(*pixel & 0xF).arg((*pixel & 0xF0) >> 4);
+        case Format::I4: {
             u8 i = (*pixel >> ((offset % 2) ? 4 : 0)) & 0xF;
             return QString("Index: %1").arg(i);
         }
-        case Format::A4:
-        {
+        case Format::A4: {
             u8 a = (*pixel >> ((offset % 2) ? 4 : 0)) & 0xF;
             return QString("Alpha: %1").arg(QString::number(a / 15.0f, 'f', 2));
         }
@@ -387,21 +366,20 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
         case Format::ETC1A4:
             // TODO: Display block information or channel values?
             return QString("Compressed data");
-        case Format::D16:
-        {
+        case Format::D16: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeD16(pixel);
             return QString("Depth: %1").arg(QString::number(value / (float)0xFFFF, 'f', 4));
         }
-        case Format::D24:
-        {
+        case Format::D24: {
             auto value = Color::DecodeD24(pixel);
             return QString("Depth: %1").arg(QString::number(value / (float)0xFFFFFF, 'f', 4));
         }
         case Format::D24X8:
-        case Format::X24S8:
-        {
+        case Format::X24S8: {
             auto values = Color::DecodeD24S8(pixel);
-            return QString("Depth: %1, Stencil: %2").arg(QString::number(values[0] / (float)0xFFFFFF, 'f', 4)).arg(values[1]);
+            return QString("Depth: %1, Stencil: %2")
+                .arg(QString::number(values[0] / (float)0xFFFFFF, 'f', 4))
+                .arg(values[1]);
         }
         case Format::Unknown:
             return QString("Unknown format");
@@ -422,18 +400,18 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Pick(int x, int y)
         nibbles.append(QString::number(nibble, 16).toUpper());
     }
 
-    surface_info_label->setText(QString("Raw: 0x%3\n(%4)").arg(nibbles).arg(GetText(surface_format, pixel)));
+    surface_info_label->setText(
+        QString("Raw: 0x%3\n(%4)").arg(nibbles).arg(GetText(surface_format, pixel)));
     surface_info_label->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter);
 }
 
-void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
-{
+void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate() {
     QPixmap pixmap;
 
     switch (surface_source) {
-    case Source::ColorBuffer:
-    {
-        // TODO: Store a reference to the registers in the debug context instead of accessing them directly...
+    case Source::ColorBuffer: {
+        // TODO: Store a reference to the registers in the debug context instead of accessing them
+        // directly...
 
         const auto& framebuffer = Pica::g_state.regs.framebuffer;
 
@@ -470,8 +448,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
         break;
     }
 
-    case Source::DepthBuffer:
-    {
+    case Source::DepthBuffer: {
         const auto& framebuffer = Pica::g_state.regs.framebuffer;
 
         surface_address = framebuffer.GetDepthBufferPhysicalAddress();
@@ -499,8 +476,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
         break;
     }
 
-    case Source::StencilBuffer:
-    {
+    case Source::StencilBuffer: {
         const auto& framebuffer = Pica::g_state.regs.framebuffer;
 
         surface_address = framebuffer.GetDepthBufferPhysicalAddress();
@@ -522,12 +498,14 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
 
     case Source::Texture0:
     case Source::Texture1:
-    case Source::Texture2:
-    {
+    case Source::Texture2: {
         unsigned texture_index;
-        if (surface_source == Source::Texture0) texture_index = 0;
-        else if (surface_source == Source::Texture1) texture_index = 1;
-        else if (surface_source == Source::Texture2) texture_index = 2;
+        if (surface_source == Source::Texture0)
+            texture_index = 0;
+        else if (surface_source == Source::Texture1)
+            texture_index = 1;
+        else if (surface_source == Source::Texture2)
+            texture_index = 2;
         else {
             qDebug() << "Unknown texture source " << static_cast<int>(surface_source);
             break;
@@ -547,8 +525,7 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
         break;
     }
 
-    case Source::Custom:
-    {
+    case Source::Custom: {
         // Keep user-specified values
         break;
     }
@@ -613,7 +590,8 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
 
     } else {
 
-        ASSERT_MSG(nibbles_per_pixel >= 2, "Depth decoder only supports formats with at least one byte per pixel");
+        ASSERT_MSG(nibbles_per_pixel >= 2,
+                   "Depth decoder only supports formats with at least one byte per pixel");
         unsigned bytes_per_pixel = nibbles_per_pixel / 2;
 
         for (unsigned int y = 0; y < surface_height; ++y) {
@@ -621,34 +599,30 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
                 const u32 coarse_y = y & ~7;
                 u32 offset = VideoCore::GetMortonOffset(x, y, bytes_per_pixel) + coarse_y * stride;
                 const u8* pixel = buffer + offset;
-                Math::Vec4<u8> color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+                Math::Vec4<u8> color = {0, 0, 0, 0};
 
-                switch(surface_format) {
-                case Format::D16:
-                {
+                switch (surface_format) {
+                case Format::D16: {
                     u32 data = Color::DecodeD16(pixel);
                     color.r() = data & 0xFF;
                     color.g() = (data >> 8) & 0xFF;
                     break;
                 }
-                case Format::D24:
-                {
+                case Format::D24: {
                     u32 data = Color::DecodeD24(pixel);
                     color.r() = data & 0xFF;
                     color.g() = (data >> 8) & 0xFF;
                     color.b() = (data >> 16) & 0xFF;
                     break;
                 }
-                case Format::D24X8:
-                {
+                case Format::D24X8: {
                     Math::Vec2<u32> data = Color::DecodeD24S8(pixel);
                     color.r() = data.x & 0xFF;
                     color.g() = (data.x >> 8) & 0xFF;
                     color.b() = (data.x >> 16) & 0xFF;
                     break;
                 }
-                case Format::X24S8:
-                {
+                case Format::X24S8: {
                     Math::Vec2<u32> data = Color::DecodeD24S8(pixel);
                     color.r() = color.g() = color.b() = data.y;
                     break;
@@ -661,7 +635,6 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::OnUpdate()
                 decoded_image.setPixel(x, y, qRgba(color.r(), color.g(), color.b(), 255));
             }
         }
-
     }
 
     pixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(decoded_image);
@@ -682,7 +655,9 @@ void GraphicsSurfaceWidget::SaveSurface() {
     QString bin_filter = tr("Binary data (*.bin)");
 
     QString selectedFilter;
-    QString filename = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Save Surface"), QString("texture-0x%1.png").arg(QString::number(surface_address, 16)),
+    QString filename = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+        this, tr("Save Surface"),
+        QString("texture-0x%1.png").arg(QString::number(surface_address, 16)),
         QString("%1;;%2").arg(png_filter, bin_filter), &selectedFilter);
 
     if (filename.isEmpty()) {
@@ -726,9 +701,8 @@ unsigned int GraphicsSurfaceWidget::NibblesPerPixel(GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Forma
     case Format::D16:
         return 2 * 2;
     default:
-            UNREACHABLE_MSG("GraphicsSurfaceWidget::BytesPerPixel: this "
-                            "should not be reached as this function should "
-                            "be given a format which is in "
+        UNREACHABLE_MSG("GraphicsSurfaceWidget::BytesPerPixel: this should not be reached as this "
+                        "function should be given a format which is in "
                         "GraphicsSurfaceWidget::Format. Instead got %i",
                         static_cast<int>(format));
         return 0;

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_surface.h

@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.h"
-
 #include <QLabel>
 #include <QPushButton>
+#include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.h"
 
 class QComboBox;
 class QSpinBox;
@@ -15,8 +14,7 @@ class CSpinBox;
 
 class GraphicsSurfaceWidget;
 
-class SurfacePicture : public QLabel
-{
+class SurfacePicture : public QLabel {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -29,7 +27,6 @@ protected slots:
 
 private:
     GraphicsSurfaceWidget* surface_widget;
-
 };
 
 class GraphicsSurfaceWidget : public BreakPointObserverDock {
@@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ class GraphicsSurfaceWidget : public BreakPointObserverDock {
     static unsigned int NibblesPerPixel(Format format);
 
 public:
-    GraphicsSurfaceWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context, QWidget* parent = nullptr);
+    GraphicsSurfaceWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context,
+                          QWidget* parent = nullptr);
     void Pick(int x, int y);
 
 public slots:
@@ -97,7 +95,6 @@ signals:
     void Update();
 
 private:
-
     QComboBox* surface_source_list;
     CSpinBox* surface_address_control;
     QSpinBox* surface_width_control;

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_tracing.cpp

@@ -6,25 +6,18 @@
 #include <array>
 #include <iterator>
 #include <memory>
-
-#include <boost/range/algorithm/copy.hpp>
-
 #include <QBoxLayout>
 #include <QComboBox>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QMessageBox>
 #include <QPushButton>
-
+#include <boost/range/algorithm/copy.hpp>
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_tracing.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
-
 #include "core/hw/gpu.h"
 #include "core/hw/lcd.h"
 #include "core/tracer/recorder.h"
-
 #include "nihstro/float24.h"
-
 #include "video_core/pica.h"
 #include "video_core/pica_state.h"
 
@@ -35,12 +28,16 @@ GraphicsTracingWidget::GraphicsTracingWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext>
     setObjectName("CiTracing");
 
     QPushButton* start_recording = new QPushButton(tr("Start Recording"));
-    QPushButton* stop_recording = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-save"), tr("Stop and Save"));
+    QPushButton* stop_recording =
+        new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-save"), tr("Stop and Save"));
     QPushButton* abort_recording = new QPushButton(tr("Abort Recording"));
 
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetStartTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), start_recording, SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetStopTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), stop_recording, SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetAbortTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), abort_recording, SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetStartTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), start_recording,
+            SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetStopTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), stop_recording,
+            SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(SetAbortTracingButtonEnabled(bool)), abort_recording,
+            SLOT(setVisible(bool)));
     connect(start_recording, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(StartRecording()));
     connect(stop_recording, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(StopRecording()));
     connect(abort_recording, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(AbortRecording()));
@@ -74,26 +71,31 @@ void GraphicsTracingWidget::StartRecording() {
     std::array<u32, 4 * 16> default_attributes;
     for (unsigned i = 0; i < 16; ++i) {
         for (unsigned comp = 0; comp < 3; ++comp) {
-            default_attributes[4 * i + comp] = nihstro::to_float24(Pica::g_state.vs_default_attributes[i][comp].ToFloat32());
+            default_attributes[4 * i + comp] =
+                nihstro::to_float24(Pica::g_state.vs_default_attributes[i][comp].ToFloat32());
         }
     }
 
     std::array<u32, 4 * 96> vs_float_uniforms;
     for (unsigned i = 0; i < 96; ++i)
         for (unsigned comp = 0; comp < 3; ++comp)
-            vs_float_uniforms[4 * i + comp] = nihstro::to_float24(Pica::g_state.vs.uniforms.f[i][comp].ToFloat32());
+            vs_float_uniforms[4 * i + comp] =
+                nihstro::to_float24(Pica::g_state.vs.uniforms.f[i][comp].ToFloat32());
 
     CiTrace::Recorder::InitialState state;
-    std::copy_n((u32*)&GPU::g_regs, sizeof(GPU::g_regs) / sizeof(u32), std::back_inserter(state.gpu_registers));
-    std::copy_n((u32*)&LCD::g_regs, sizeof(LCD::g_regs) / sizeof(u32), std::back_inserter(state.lcd_registers));
-    std::copy_n((u32*)&Pica::g_state.regs, sizeof(Pica::g_state.regs) / sizeof(u32), std::back_inserter(state.pica_registers));
+    std::copy_n((u32*)&GPU::g_regs, sizeof(GPU::g_regs) / sizeof(u32),
+                std::back_inserter(state.gpu_registers));
+    std::copy_n((u32*)&LCD::g_regs, sizeof(LCD::g_regs) / sizeof(u32),
+                std::back_inserter(state.lcd_registers));
+    std::copy_n((u32*)&Pica::g_state.regs, sizeof(Pica::g_state.regs) / sizeof(u32),
+                std::back_inserter(state.pica_registers));
     boost::copy(default_attributes, std::back_inserter(state.default_attributes));
     boost::copy(shader_binary, std::back_inserter(state.vs_program_binary));
     boost::copy(swizzle_data, std::back_inserter(state.vs_swizzle_data));
     boost::copy(vs_float_uniforms, std::back_inserter(state.vs_float_uniforms));
-    //boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_program_binary));
-    //boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_swizzle_data));
-    //boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_float_uniforms));
+    // boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_program_binary));
+    // boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_swizzle_data));
+    // boost::copy(TODO: Not implemented, std::back_inserter(state.gs_float_uniforms));
 
     auto recorder = new CiTrace::Recorder(state);
     context->recorder = std::shared_ptr<CiTrace::Recorder>(recorder);
@@ -156,10 +158,11 @@ void GraphicsTracingWidget::OnEmulationStopping() {
     if (!context)
         return;
 
-
     if (context->recorder) {
-        auto reply = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("CiTracing still active"),
-                tr("A CiTrace is still being recorded. Do you want to save it? If not, all recorded data will be discarded."),
+        auto reply =
+            QMessageBox::question(this, tr("CiTracing still active"),
+                                  tr("A CiTrace is still being recorded. Do you want to save it? "
+                                     "If not, all recorded data will be discarded."),
                                   QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Yes);
 
         if (reply == QMessageBox::Yes) {

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_tracing.h

@@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ class GraphicsTracingWidget : public BreakPointObserverDock {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    GraphicsTracingWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context, QWidget* parent = nullptr);
+    GraphicsTracingWidget(std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context,
+                          QWidget* parent = nullptr);
 
 private slots:
     void StartRecording();

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_vertex_shader.cpp

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 
 #include <iomanip>
 #include <sstream>
-
 #include <QBoxLayout>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QFormLayout>
@@ -15,10 +14,8 @@
 #include <QSignalMapper>
 #include <QSpinBox>
 #include <QTreeView>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_vertex_shader.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-
 #include "video_core/pica.h"
 #include "video_core/pica_state.h"
 #include "video_core/shader/shader.h"
@@ -28,9 +25,8 @@ using nihstro::Instruction;
 using nihstro::SourceRegister;
 using nihstro::SwizzlePattern;
 
-GraphicsVertexShaderModel::GraphicsVertexShaderModel(GraphicsVertexShaderWidget* parent): QAbstractTableModel(parent), par(parent) {
-
-}
+GraphicsVertexShaderModel::GraphicsVertexShaderModel(GraphicsVertexShaderWidget* parent)
+    : QAbstractTableModel(parent), par(parent) {}
 
 int GraphicsVertexShaderModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return 3;
@@ -40,10 +36,10 @@ int GraphicsVertexShaderModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return static_cast<int>(par->info.code.size());
 }
 
-QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const {
-    switch(role) {
-    case Qt::DisplayRole:
-    {
+QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                                               int role) const {
+    switch (role) {
+    case Qt::DisplayRole: {
         if (section == 0) {
             return tr("Offset");
         } else if (section == 1) {
@@ -69,8 +65,8 @@ static std::string SelectorToString(u32 selector) {
 }
 
 // e.g. "-c92[a0.x].xyzw"
-static void print_input(std::ostringstream& output, const SourceRegister& input,
-                        bool negate, const std::string& swizzle_mask, bool align = true,
+static void print_input(std::ostringstream& output, const SourceRegister& input, bool negate,
+                        const std::string& swizzle_mask, bool align = true,
                         const std::string& address_register_name = std::string()) {
     if (align)
         output << std::setw(4) << std::right;
@@ -83,20 +79,18 @@ static void print_input(std::ostringstream& output, const SourceRegister& input,
 
 QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
     switch (role) {
-    case Qt::DisplayRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::DisplayRole: {
         switch (index.column()) {
         case 0:
             if (par->info.HasLabel(index.row()))
                 return QString::fromStdString(par->info.GetLabel(index.row()));
 
-            return QString("%1").arg(4*index.row(), 4, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
+            return QString("%1").arg(4 * index.row(), 4, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
 
         case 1:
             return QString("%1").arg(par->info.code[index.row()].hex, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
 
-        case 2:
-        {
+        case 2: {
             std::ostringstream output;
             output.flags(std::ios::uppercase);
 
@@ -117,8 +111,9 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
             const Instruction instr = par->info.code[index.row()];
             const OpCode opcode = instr.opcode;
             const OpCode::Info opcode_info = opcode.GetInfo();
-            const u32 operand_desc_id = opcode_info.type == OpCode::Type::MultiplyAdd ?
-                instr.mad.operand_desc_id.Value() : instr.common.operand_desc_id.Value();
+            const u32 operand_desc_id = opcode_info.type == OpCode::Type::MultiplyAdd
+                                            ? instr.mad.operand_desc_id.Value()
+                                            : instr.common.operand_desc_id.Value();
             const SwizzlePattern swizzle = par->info.swizzle_info[operand_desc_id].pattern;
 
             // longest known instruction name: "setemit "
@@ -136,15 +131,14 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                 break;
 
             case OpCode::Type::Arithmetic:
-            case OpCode::Type::MultiplyAdd:
-            {
+            case OpCode::Type::MultiplyAdd: {
                 // Use custom code for special instructions
                 switch (opcode.EffectiveOpCode()) {
-                case OpCode::Id::CMP:
-                {
+                case OpCode::Id::CMP: {
                     AlignToColumn(kOpcodeColumnWidth);
 
-                    // NOTE: CMP always writes both cc components, so we do not consider the dest mask here.
+                    // NOTE: CMP always writes both cc components, so we do not consider the dest
+                    // mask here.
                     output << " cc.xy";
                     AlignToColumn(kOutputColumnWidth);
 
@@ -152,22 +146,29 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                     SourceRegister src2 = instr.common.GetSrc2(false);
 
                     output << ' ';
-                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1, swizzle.SelectorToString(false).substr(0,1), false, instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
-                    output << ' ' << instr.common.compare_op.ToString(instr.common.compare_op.x) << ' ';
-                    print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2, swizzle.SelectorToString(true).substr(0,1), false);
+                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1,
+                                swizzle.SelectorToString(false).substr(0, 1), false,
+                                instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
+                    output << ' ' << instr.common.compare_op.ToString(instr.common.compare_op.x)
+                           << ' ';
+                    print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2,
+                                swizzle.SelectorToString(true).substr(0, 1), false);
 
                     output << ", ";
 
-                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1, swizzle.SelectorToString(false).substr(1,1), false, instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
-                    output << ' ' << instr.common.compare_op.ToString(instr.common.compare_op.y) << ' ';
-                    print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2, swizzle.SelectorToString(true).substr(1,1), false);
+                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1,
+                                swizzle.SelectorToString(false).substr(1, 1), false,
+                                instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
+                    output << ' ' << instr.common.compare_op.ToString(instr.common.compare_op.y)
+                           << ' ';
+                    print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2,
+                                swizzle.SelectorToString(true).substr(1, 1), false);
 
                     break;
                 }
 
                 case OpCode::Id::MAD:
-                case OpCode::Id::MADI:
-                {
+                case OpCode::Id::MADI: {
                     AlignToColumn(kOpcodeColumnWidth);
 
                     bool src_is_inverted = 0 != (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::SrcInversed);
@@ -175,34 +176,42 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                     SourceRegister src2 = instr.mad.GetSrc2(src_is_inverted);
                     SourceRegister src3 = instr.mad.GetSrc3(src_is_inverted);
 
-                    output << std::setw(3) << std::right << instr.mad.dest.Value().GetName() << '.' << swizzle.DestMaskToString();
+                    output << std::setw(3) << std::right << instr.mad.dest.Value().GetName() << '.'
+                           << swizzle.DestMaskToString();
                     AlignToColumn(kOutputColumnWidth);
-                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1, SelectorToString(swizzle.src1_selector));
+                    print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1,
+                                SelectorToString(swizzle.src1_selector));
                     AlignToColumn(kInputOperandColumnWidth);
                     if (src_is_inverted) {
-                      print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2, SelectorToString(swizzle.src2_selector));
+                        print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2,
+                                    SelectorToString(swizzle.src2_selector));
                     } else {
-                      print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2, SelectorToString(swizzle.src2_selector), true, instr.mad.AddressRegisterName());
+                        print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2,
+                                    SelectorToString(swizzle.src2_selector), true,
+                                    instr.mad.AddressRegisterName());
                     }
                     AlignToColumn(kInputOperandColumnWidth);
                     if (src_is_inverted) {
-                      print_input(output, src3, swizzle.negate_src3, SelectorToString(swizzle.src3_selector), true, instr.mad.AddressRegisterName());
+                        print_input(output, src3, swizzle.negate_src3,
+                                    SelectorToString(swizzle.src3_selector), true,
+                                    instr.mad.AddressRegisterName());
                     } else {
-                      print_input(output, src3, swizzle.negate_src3, SelectorToString(swizzle.src3_selector));
+                        print_input(output, src3, swizzle.negate_src3,
+                                    SelectorToString(swizzle.src3_selector));
                     }
                     AlignToColumn(kInputOperandColumnWidth);
                     break;
                 }
 
-                default:
-                {
+                default: {
                     AlignToColumn(kOpcodeColumnWidth);
 
                     bool src_is_inverted = 0 != (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::SrcInversed);
 
                     if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::Dest) {
                         // e.g. "r12.xy__"
-                        output << std::setw(3) << std::right << instr.common.dest.Value().GetName() << '.' << swizzle.DestMaskToString();
+                        output << std::setw(3) << std::right << instr.common.dest.Value().GetName()
+                               << '.' << swizzle.DestMaskToString();
                     } else if (opcode_info.subtype == OpCode::Info::MOVA) {
                         output << "  a0." << swizzle.DestMaskToString();
                     }
@@ -210,14 +219,18 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
 
                     if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::Src1) {
                         SourceRegister src1 = instr.common.GetSrc1(src_is_inverted);
-                        print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1, swizzle.SelectorToString(false), true, instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
+                        print_input(output, src1, swizzle.negate_src1,
+                                    swizzle.SelectorToString(false), true,
+                                    instr.common.AddressRegisterName());
                         AlignToColumn(kInputOperandColumnWidth);
                     }
 
-                    // TODO: In some cases, the Address Register is used as an index for SRC2 instead of SRC1
+                    // TODO: In some cases, the Address Register is used as an index for SRC2
+                    // instead of SRC1
                     if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::Src2) {
                         SourceRegister src2 = instr.common.GetSrc2(src_is_inverted);
-                        print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2, swizzle.SelectorToString(true));
+                        print_input(output, src2, swizzle.negate_src2,
+                                    swizzle.SelectorToString(true));
                         AlignToColumn(kInputOperandColumnWidth);
                     }
                     break;
@@ -228,8 +241,7 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
             }
 
             case OpCode::Type::Conditional:
-            case OpCode::Type::UniformFlowControl:
-            {
+            case OpCode::Type::UniformFlowControl: {
                 output << ' ';
 
                 switch (opcode.EffectiveOpCode()) {
@@ -242,7 +254,8 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                         output << '(';
 
                         if (instr.flow_control.op != instr.flow_control.JustY) {
-                            if (instr.flow_control.refx) output << '!';
+                            if (instr.flow_control.refx)
+                                output << '!';
                             output << "cc.x";
                         }
 
@@ -253,7 +266,8 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                         }
 
                         if (instr.flow_control.op != instr.flow_control.JustX) {
-                            if (instr.flow_control.refy) output << '!';
+                            if (instr.flow_control.refy)
+                                output << '!';
                             output << "cc.y";
                         }
 
@@ -266,17 +280,23 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
                     u32 target_addr_else = instr.flow_control.dest_offset;
 
                     if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::HasAlternative) {
-                        output << "else jump to 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right << std::setfill('0') << std::hex << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset);
+                        output << "else jump to 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right
+                               << std::setfill('0') << std::hex
+                               << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset);
                     } else if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::HasExplicitDest) {
-                        output << "jump to 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right << std::setfill('0') << std::hex << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset);
+                        output << "jump to 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right << std::setfill('0')
+                               << std::hex << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset);
                     } else {
                         // TODO: Handle other cases
                         output << "(unknown destination)";
                     }
 
                     if (opcode_info.subtype & OpCode::Info::HasFinishPoint) {
-                        output << " (return on 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right << std::setfill('0') << std::hex
-                               << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset + 4 * instr.flow_control.num_instructions) << ')';
+                        output << " (return on 0x" << std::setw(4) << std::right
+                               << std::setfill('0') << std::hex
+                               << (4 * instr.flow_control.dest_offset +
+                                   4 * instr.flow_control.num_instructions)
+                               << ')';
                     }
 
                     break;
@@ -300,8 +320,7 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
     case Qt::FontRole:
         return GetMonospaceFont();
 
-    case Qt::BackgroundRole:
-    {
+    case Qt::BackgroundRole: {
         // Highlight current instruction
         int current_record_index = par->cycle_index->value();
         if (current_record_index < static_cast<int>(par->debug_data.records.size())) {
@@ -319,10 +338,8 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
         return QBrush(QColor(192, 192, 192));
     }
 
-
     // TODO: Draw arrows for each "reachable" instruction to visualize control flow
 
-
     default:
         break;
     }
@@ -331,8 +348,8 @@ QVariant GraphicsVertexShaderModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) con
 }
 
 void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::DumpShader() {
-    QString filename = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Save Shader Dump"), "shader_dump.shbin",
-                                                    tr("Shader Binary (*.shbin)"));
+    QString filename = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+        this, tr("Save Shader Dump"), "shader_dump.shbin", tr("Shader Binary (*.shbin)"));
 
     if (filename.isEmpty()) {
         // If the user canceled the dialog, don't dump anything.
@@ -342,11 +359,12 @@ void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::DumpShader() {
     auto& setup = Pica::g_state.vs;
     auto& config = Pica::g_state.regs.vs;
 
-    Pica::DebugUtils::DumpShader(filename.toStdString(), config, setup, Pica::g_state.regs.vs_output_attributes);
+    Pica::DebugUtils::DumpShader(filename.toStdString(), config, setup,
+                                 Pica::g_state.regs.vs_output_attributes);
 }
 
-GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::GraphicsVertexShaderWidget(std::shared_ptr< Pica::DebugContext > debug_context,
-                                                       QWidget* parent)
+GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::GraphicsVertexShaderWidget(
+    std::shared_ptr<Pica::DebugContext> debug_context, QWidget* parent)
     : BreakPointObserverDock(debug_context, "Pica Vertex Shader", parent) {
     setObjectName("PicaVertexShader");
 
@@ -365,7 +383,8 @@ GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::GraphicsVertexShaderWidget(std::shared_ptr< Pica::De
         input_data[i]->setValidator(new QDoubleValidator(input_data[i]));
     }
 
-    breakpoint_warning = new QLabel(tr("(data only available at vertex shader invocation breakpoints)"));
+    breakpoint_warning =
+        new QLabel(tr("(data only available at vertex shader invocation breakpoints)"));
 
     // TODO: Add some button for jumping to the shader entry point
 
@@ -442,7 +461,8 @@ GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::GraphicsVertexShaderWidget(std::shared_ptr< Pica::De
 
     // Set a minimum height so that the size of this label doesn't cause the rest of the bottom
     // part of the UI to keep jumping up and down when cycling through instructions.
-    instruction_description->setMinimumHeight(instruction_description->fontMetrics().lineSpacing() * 6);
+    instruction_description->setMinimumHeight(instruction_description->fontMetrics().lineSpacing() *
+                                              6);
     instruction_description->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop);
     main_layout->addWidget(instruction_description);
 
@@ -471,7 +491,8 @@ void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::Reload(bool replace_vertex_data, void* vertex_d
             memcpy(&input_vertex, vertex_data, sizeof(input_vertex));
             for (unsigned attr = 0; attr < 16; ++attr) {
                 for (unsigned comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {
-                    input_data[4 * attr + comp]->setText(QString("%1").arg(input_vertex.attr[attr][comp].ToFloat32()));
+                    input_data[4 * attr + comp]->setText(
+                        QString("%1").arg(input_vertex.attr[attr][comp].ToFloat32()));
                 }
             }
             breakpoint_warning->hide();
@@ -498,10 +519,11 @@ void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::Reload(bool replace_vertex_data, void* vertex_d
         info.swizzle_info.push_back({pattern});
 
     u32 entry_point = Pica::g_state.regs.vs.main_offset;
-    info.labels.insert({ entry_point, "main" });
+    info.labels.insert({entry_point, "main"});
 
     // Generate debug information
-    debug_data = Pica::g_state.vs.ProduceDebugInfo(input_vertex, num_attributes, shader_config, shader_setup);
+    debug_data = Pica::g_state.vs.ProduceDebugInfo(input_vertex, num_attributes, shader_config,
+                                                   shader_setup);
 
     // Reload widget state
     for (int attr = 0; attr < num_attributes; ++attr) {
@@ -537,29 +559,60 @@ void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::OnCycleIndexChanged(int index) {
 
     auto& record = debug_data.records[index];
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::SRC1)
-        text += tr("SRC1: %1, %2, %3, %4\n").arg(record.src1.x.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src1.y.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src1.z.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src1.w.ToFloat32());
+        text += tr("SRC1: %1, %2, %3, %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.src1.x.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src1.y.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src1.z.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src1.w.ToFloat32());
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::SRC2)
-        text += tr("SRC2: %1, %2, %3, %4\n").arg(record.src2.x.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src2.y.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src2.z.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src2.w.ToFloat32());
+        text += tr("SRC2: %1, %2, %3, %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.src2.x.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src2.y.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src2.z.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src2.w.ToFloat32());
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::SRC3)
-        text += tr("SRC3: %1, %2, %3, %4\n").arg(record.src3.x.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src3.y.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src3.z.ToFloat32()).arg(record.src3.w.ToFloat32());
+        text += tr("SRC3: %1, %2, %3, %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.src3.x.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src3.y.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src3.z.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.src3.w.ToFloat32());
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::DEST_IN)
-        text += tr("DEST_IN: %1, %2, %3, %4\n").arg(record.dest_in.x.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_in.y.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_in.z.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_in.w.ToFloat32());
+        text += tr("DEST_IN: %1, %2, %3, %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.dest_in.x.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_in.y.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_in.z.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_in.w.ToFloat32());
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::DEST_OUT)
-        text += tr("DEST_OUT: %1, %2, %3, %4\n").arg(record.dest_out.x.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_out.y.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_out.z.ToFloat32()).arg(record.dest_out.w.ToFloat32());
+        text += tr("DEST_OUT: %1, %2, %3, %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.dest_out.x.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_out.y.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_out.z.ToFloat32())
+                    .arg(record.dest_out.w.ToFloat32());
 
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::ADDR_REG_OUT)
-        text += tr("Addres Registers: %1, %2\n").arg(record.address_registers[0]).arg(record.address_registers[1]);
+        text += tr("Addres Registers: %1, %2\n")
+                    .arg(record.address_registers[0])
+                    .arg(record.address_registers[1]);
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::CMP_RESULT)
-        text += tr("Compare Result: %1, %2\n").arg(record.conditional_code[0] ? "true" : "false").arg(record.conditional_code[1] ? "true" : "false");
+        text += tr("Compare Result: %1, %2\n")
+                    .arg(record.conditional_code[0] ? "true" : "false")
+                    .arg(record.conditional_code[1] ? "true" : "false");
 
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::COND_BOOL_IN)
         text += tr("Static Condition: %1\n").arg(record.cond_bool ? "true" : "false");
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::COND_CMP_IN)
-        text += tr("Dynamic Conditions: %1, %2\n").arg(record.cond_cmp[0] ? "true" : "false").arg(record.cond_cmp[1] ? "true" : "false");
+        text += tr("Dynamic Conditions: %1, %2\n")
+                    .arg(record.cond_cmp[0] ? "true" : "false")
+                    .arg(record.cond_cmp[1] ? "true" : "false");
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::LOOP_INT_IN)
-        text += tr("Loop Parameters: %1 (repeats), %2 (initializer), %3 (increment), %4\n").arg(record.loop_int.x).arg(record.loop_int.y).arg(record.loop_int.z).arg(record.loop_int.w);
+        text += tr("Loop Parameters: %1 (repeats), %2 (initializer), %3 (increment), %4\n")
+                    .arg(record.loop_int.x)
+                    .arg(record.loop_int.y)
+                    .arg(record.loop_int.z)
+                    .arg(record.loop_int.w);
 
-    text += tr("Instruction offset: 0x%1").arg(4 * record.instruction_offset, 4, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
+    text +=
+        tr("Instruction offset: 0x%1").arg(4 * record.instruction_offset, 4, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
     if (record.mask & Pica::Shader::DebugDataRecord::NEXT_INSTR) {
         text += tr(" -> 0x%2").arg(4 * record.next_instruction, 4, 16, QLatin1Char('0'));
     } else {
@@ -570,6 +623,7 @@ void GraphicsVertexShaderWidget::OnCycleIndexChanged(int index) {
 
     // Emit model update notification and scroll to current instruction
     QModelIndex instr_index = model->index(record.instruction_offset, 0);
-    emit model->dataChanged(instr_index, model->index(record.instruction_offset, model->columnCount()));
+    emit model->dataChanged(instr_index,
+                            model->index(record.instruction_offset, model->columnCount()));
     binary_list->scrollTo(instr_index, QAbstractItemView::EnsureVisible);
 }

src/citra_qt/debugger/graphics_vertex_shader.h

@@ -5,11 +5,9 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <QAbstractTableModel>
-
+#include <QTreeView>
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics_breakpoint_observer.h"
-
 #include "nihstro/parser_shbin.h"
-
 #include "video_core/shader/shader.h"
 
 class QLabel;
@@ -26,7 +24,8 @@ public:
     int columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
-    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
+    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                        int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
 
 private:
     GraphicsVertexShaderWidget* par;
@@ -56,7 +55,9 @@ private slots:
     /**
      * Reload widget based on the current PICA200 state
      * @param replace_vertex_data If true, invalidate all current vertex data
-     * @param vertex_data New vertex data to use, as passed to OnBreakPointHit. May be nullptr to specify that no valid vertex data can be retrieved currently. Only used if replace_vertex_data is true.
+     * @param vertex_data New vertex data to use, as passed to OnBreakPointHit. May be nullptr to
+     * specify that no valid vertex data can be retrieved currently. Only used if
+     * replace_vertex_data is true.
      */
     void Reload(bool replace_vertex_data = false, void* vertex_data = nullptr);
 
@@ -66,9 +67,12 @@ private:
     GraphicsVertexShaderModel* model;
 
     /// TODO: Move these into a single struct
-    std::array<QLineEdit*, 4*16> input_data;  // A text box for each of the 4 components of up to 16 vertex attributes
-    std::array<QWidget*, 16> input_data_container; // QWidget containing the QLayout containing each vertex attribute
-    std::array<QLabel*, 16> input_data_mapping; // A QLabel denoting the shader input attribute which the vertex attribute maps to
+    std::array<QLineEdit*, 4 * 16>
+        input_data; // A text box for each of the 4 components of up to 16 vertex attributes
+    std::array<QWidget*, 16>
+        input_data_container; // QWidget containing the QLayout containing each vertex attribute
+    std::array<QLabel*, 16> input_data_mapping; // A QLabel denoting the shader input attribute
+                                                // which the vertex attribute maps to
 
     // Text to be shown when input vertex data is not retrievable
     QLabel* breakpoint_warning;

src/citra_qt/debugger/profiler.cpp

@@ -5,10 +5,8 @@
 #include <QMouseEvent>
 #include <QPainter>
 #include <QString>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/profiler.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/microprofile.h"
 #include "common/profiler_reporting.h"
@@ -22,57 +20,58 @@
 
 using namespace Common::Profiling;
 
-static QVariant GetDataForColumn(int col, const AggregatedDuration& duration)
-{
+static QVariant GetDataForColumn(int col, const AggregatedDuration& duration) {
     static auto duration_to_float = [](Duration dur) -> float {
         using FloatMs = std::chrono::duration<float, std::chrono::milliseconds::period>;
         return std::chrono::duration_cast<FloatMs>(dur).count();
     };
 
     switch (col) {
-    case 1: return duration_to_float(duration.avg);
-    case 2: return duration_to_float(duration.min);
-    case 3: return duration_to_float(duration.max);
-    default: return QVariant();
+    case 1:
+        return duration_to_float(duration.avg);
+    case 2:
+        return duration_to_float(duration.min);
+    case 3:
+        return duration_to_float(duration.max);
+    default:
+        return QVariant();
     }
 }
 
-ProfilerModel::ProfilerModel(QObject* parent) : QAbstractItemModel(parent)
-{
+ProfilerModel::ProfilerModel(QObject* parent) : QAbstractItemModel(parent) {
     updateProfilingInfo();
 }
 
-QVariant ProfilerModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const
-{
+QVariant ProfilerModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const {
     if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal && role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
         switch (section) {
-        case 0: return tr("Category");
-        case 1: return tr("Avg");
-        case 2: return tr("Min");
-        case 3: return tr("Max");
+        case 0:
+            return tr("Category");
+        case 1:
+            return tr("Avg");
+        case 2:
+            return tr("Min");
+        case 3:
+            return tr("Max");
         }
     }
 
     return QVariant();
 }
 
-QModelIndex ProfilerModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+QModelIndex ProfilerModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return createIndex(row, column);
 }
 
-QModelIndex ProfilerModel::parent(const QModelIndex& child) const
-{
+QModelIndex ProfilerModel::parent(const QModelIndex& child) const {
     return QModelIndex();
 }
 
-int ProfilerModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+int ProfilerModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     return 4;
 }
 
-int ProfilerModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
-{
+int ProfilerModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
     if (parent.isValid()) {
         return 0;
     } else {
@@ -80,8 +79,7 @@ int ProfilerModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const
     }
 }
 
-QVariant ProfilerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
-{
+QVariant ProfilerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
     if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
         if (index.row() == 0) {
             if (index.column() == 0) {
@@ -101,14 +99,12 @@ QVariant ProfilerModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
     return QVariant();
 }
 
-void ProfilerModel::updateProfilingInfo()
-{
+void ProfilerModel::updateProfilingInfo() {
     results = GetTimingResultsAggregator()->GetAggregatedResults();
     emit dataChanged(createIndex(0, 1), createIndex(rowCount() - 1, 3));
 }
 
-ProfilerWidget::ProfilerWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent)
-{
+ProfilerWidget::ProfilerWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent) {
     ui.setupUi(this);
 
     model = new ProfilerModel(this);
@@ -118,8 +114,7 @@ ProfilerWidget::ProfilerWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent)
     connect(&update_timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), model, SLOT(updateProfilingInfo()));
 }
 
-void ProfilerWidget::setProfilingInfoUpdateEnabled(bool enable)
-{
+void ProfilerWidget::setProfilingInfoUpdateEnabled(bool enable) {
     if (enable) {
         update_timer.start(100);
         model->updateProfilingInfo();
@@ -157,9 +152,7 @@ private:
 
 #endif
 
-MicroProfileDialog::MicroProfileDialog(QWidget* parent)
-    : QWidget(parent, Qt::Dialog)
-{
+MicroProfileDialog::MicroProfileDialog(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent, Qt::Dialog) {
     setObjectName("MicroProfile");
     setWindowTitle(tr("MicroProfile"));
     resize(1000, 600);
@@ -175,7 +168,8 @@ MicroProfileDialog::MicroProfileDialog(QWidget* parent)
     layout->addWidget(widget);
     setLayout(layout);
 
-    // Configure focus so that widget is focusable and the dialog automatically forwards focus to it.
+    // Configure focus so that widget is focusable and the dialog automatically forwards focus to
+    // it.
     setFocusProxy(widget);
     widget->setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus);
     widget->setFocus();
@@ -207,7 +201,6 @@ void MicroProfileDialog::hideEvent(QHideEvent* ev) {
     QWidget::hideEvent(ev);
 }
 
-
 #if MICROPROFILE_ENABLED
 
 /// There's no way to pass a user pointer to MicroProfile, so this variable is used to make the
@@ -308,7 +301,8 @@ void MicroProfileDrawText(int x, int y, u32 hex_color, const char* text, u32 tex
     }
 }
 
-void MicroProfileDrawBox(int left, int top, int right, int bottom, u32 hex_color, MicroProfileBoxType type) {
+void MicroProfileDrawBox(int left, int top, int right, int bottom, u32 hex_color,
+                         MicroProfileBoxType type) {
     QColor color = QColor::fromRgba(hex_color);
     QBrush brush = color;
     if (type == MicroProfileBoxTypeBar) {
@@ -326,7 +320,7 @@ void MicroProfileDrawLine2D(u32 vertices_length, float* vertices, u32 hex_color)
     static std::vector<QPointF> point_buf;
 
     for (u32 i = 0; i < vertices_length; ++i) {
-        point_buf.emplace_back(vertices[i*2 + 0], vertices[i*2 + 1]);
+        point_buf.emplace_back(vertices[i * 2 + 0], vertices[i * 2 + 1]);
     }
 
     // hex_color does not include an alpha, so it must be assumed to be 255

src/citra_qt/debugger/profiler.h

@@ -7,21 +7,20 @@
 #include <QAbstractItemModel>
 #include <QDockWidget>
 #include <QTimer>
-
-#include "ui_profiler.h"
-
 #include "common/microprofile.h"
 #include "common/profiler_reporting.h"
+#include "ui_profiler.h"
 
-class ProfilerModel : public QAbstractItemModel
-{
+class ProfilerModel : public QAbstractItemModel {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
     ProfilerModel(QObject* parent);
 
-    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
-    QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
+    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                        int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
+    QModelIndex index(int row, int column,
+                      const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex& child) const override;
     int columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
     int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
@@ -34,8 +33,7 @@ private:
     Common::Profiling::AggregatedFrameResult results;
 };
 
-class ProfilerWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class ProfilerWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
@@ -51,7 +49,6 @@ private:
     QTimer update_timer;
 };
 
-
 class MicroProfileDialog : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 

src/citra_qt/debugger/ramview.cpp

@@ -4,12 +4,9 @@
 
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/ramview.h"
 
-GRamView::GRamView(QWidget* parent) : QHexEdit(parent)
-{
-}
+GRamView::GRamView(QWidget* parent) : QHexEdit(parent) {}
 
-void GRamView::OnCPUStepped()
-{
+void GRamView::OnCPUStepped() {
     // TODO: QHexEdit doesn't show vertical scroll bars for > 10MB data streams...
-    //setData(QByteArray((const char*)Mem_RAM,sizeof(Mem_RAM)/8));
+    // setData(QByteArray((const char*)Mem_RAM,sizeof(Mem_RAM)/8));
 }

src/citra_qt/debugger/ramview.h

@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
 
 #include "qhexedit.h"
 
-class GRamView : public QHexEdit
-{
+class GRamView : public QHexEdit {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/debugger/registers.cpp

@@ -3,12 +3,10 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <QTreeWidgetItem>
-
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/registers.h"
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-
-#include "core/core.h"
 #include "core/arm/arm_interface.h"
+#include "core/core.h"
 
 RegistersWidget::RegistersWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent) {
     cpu_regs_ui.setupUi(this);
@@ -16,7 +14,8 @@ RegistersWidget::RegistersWidget(QWidget* parent) : QDockWidget(parent) {
     tree = cpu_regs_ui.treeWidget;
     tree->addTopLevelItem(core_registers = new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList(tr("Registers"))));
     tree->addTopLevelItem(vfp_registers = new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList(tr("VFP Registers"))));
-    tree->addTopLevelItem(vfp_system_registers = new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList(tr("VFP System Registers"))));
+    tree->addTopLevelItem(vfp_system_registers =
+                              new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList(tr("VFP System Registers"))));
     tree->addTopLevelItem(cpsr = new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList("CPSR")));
 
     for (int i = 0; i < 16; ++i) {
@@ -63,17 +62,18 @@ void RegistersWidget::OnDebugModeEntered() {
         return;
 
     for (int i = 0; i < core_registers->childCount(); ++i)
-        core_registers->child(i)->setText(1, QString("0x%1").arg(Core::g_app_core->GetReg(i), 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
+        core_registers->child(i)->setText(
+            1, QString("0x%1").arg(Core::g_app_core->GetReg(i), 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
 
     for (int i = 0; i < vfp_registers->childCount(); ++i)
-        vfp_registers->child(i)->setText(1, QString("0x%1").arg(Core::g_app_core->GetVFPReg(i), 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
+        vfp_registers->child(i)->setText(
+            1, QString("0x%1").arg(Core::g_app_core->GetVFPReg(i), 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
 
     UpdateCPSRValues();
     UpdateVFPSystemRegisterValues();
 }
 
-void RegistersWidget::OnDebugModeLeft() {
-}
+void RegistersWidget::OnDebugModeLeft() {}
 
 void RegistersWidget::OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread* emu_thread) {
     setEnabled(true);
@@ -130,14 +130,17 @@ void RegistersWidget::UpdateCPSRValues() {
     const u32 cpsr_val = Core::g_app_core->GetCPSR();
 
     cpsr->setText(1, QString("0x%1").arg(cpsr_val, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
-    cpsr->child(0)->setText(1, QString("b%1").arg(cpsr_val & 0x1F, 5, 2, QLatin1Char('0'))); // M - Mode
+    cpsr->child(0)->setText(
+        1, QString("b%1").arg(cpsr_val & 0x1F, 5, 2, QLatin1Char('0'))); // M - Mode
     cpsr->child(1)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 5) & 1));    // T - State
     cpsr->child(2)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 6) & 1));    // F - FIQ disable
     cpsr->child(3)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 7) & 1));    // I - IRQ disable
     cpsr->child(4)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 8) & 1));    // A - Imprecise abort
     cpsr->child(5)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 9) & 1));    // E - Data endianess
-    cpsr->child(6)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 10) & 0x3F)); // IT - If-Then state (DNM)
-    cpsr->child(7)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 16) & 0xF));  // GE - Greater-than-or-Equal
+    cpsr->child(6)->setText(1,
+                            QString::number((cpsr_val >> 10) & 0x3F)); // IT - If-Then state (DNM)
+    cpsr->child(7)->setText(1,
+                            QString::number((cpsr_val >> 16) & 0xF)); // GE - Greater-than-or-Equal
     cpsr->child(8)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 20) & 0xF)); // DNM - Do not modify
     cpsr->child(9)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 24) & 1));   // J - Jazelle
     cpsr->child(10)->setText(1, QString::number((cpsr_val >> 27) & 1));  // Q - Saturation
@@ -228,6 +231,8 @@ void RegistersWidget::UpdateVFPSystemRegisterValues() {
     fpexc->child(6)->setText(1, QString::number((fpexc_val >> 30) & 1));
     fpexc->child(7)->setText(1, QString::number((fpexc_val >> 31) & 1));
 
-    vfp_system_registers->child(2)->setText(1, QString("0x%1").arg(fpinst_val, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
-    vfp_system_registers->child(3)->setText(1, QString("0x%1").arg(fpinst2_val, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
+    vfp_system_registers->child(2)->setText(
+        1, QString("0x%1").arg(fpinst_val, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
+    vfp_system_registers->child(3)->setText(
+        1, QString("0x%1").arg(fpinst2_val, 8, 16, QLatin1Char('0')));
 }

src/citra_qt/debugger/registers.h

@@ -2,16 +2,14 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
-#include "ui_registers.h"
-
 #include <QDockWidget>
+#include "ui_registers.h"
 
 class QTreeWidget;
 class QTreeWidgetItem;
 class EmuThread;
 
-class RegistersWidget : public QDockWidget
-{
+class RegistersWidget : public QDockWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/game_list.cpp

@@ -5,19 +5,15 @@
 #include <QHeaderView>
 #include <QThreadPool>
 #include <QVBoxLayout>
-
+#include "common/common_paths.h"
+#include "common/logging/log.h"
+#include "common/string_util.h"
+#include "core/loader/loader.h"
 #include "game_list.h"
 #include "game_list_p.h"
 #include "ui_settings.h"
 
-#include "core/loader/loader.h"
-
-#include "common/common_paths.h"
-#include "common/logging/log.h"
-#include "common/string_util.h"
-
-GameList::GameList(QWidget* parent)
-{
+GameList::GameList(QWidget* parent) {
     QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout;
 
     tree_view = new QTreeView;
@@ -38,9 +34,11 @@ GameList::GameList(QWidget* parent)
     item_model->setHeaderData(COLUMN_FILE_TYPE, Qt::Horizontal, "File type");
     item_model->setHeaderData(COLUMN_SIZE, Qt::Horizontal, "Size");
 
-    connect(tree_view, SIGNAL(activated(const QModelIndex&)), this, SLOT(ValidateEntry(const QModelIndex&)));
+    connect(tree_view, SIGNAL(activated(const QModelIndex&)), this,
+            SLOT(ValidateEntry(const QModelIndex&)));
 
-    // We must register all custom types with the Qt Automoc system so that we are able to use it with
+    // We must register all custom types with the Qt Automoc system so that we are able to use it
+    // with
     // signals/slots. In this case, QList falls under the umbrells of custom types.
     qRegisterMetaType<QList<QStandardItem*>>("QList<QStandardItem*>");
 
@@ -48,18 +46,15 @@ GameList::GameList(QWidget* parent)
     setLayout(layout);
 }
 
-GameList::~GameList()
-{
+GameList::~GameList() {
     emit ShouldCancelWorker();
 }
 
-void GameList::AddEntry(QList<QStandardItem*> entry_items)
-{
+void GameList::AddEntry(QList<QStandardItem*> entry_items) {
     item_model->invisibleRootItem()->appendRow(entry_items);
 }
 
-void GameList::ValidateEntry(const QModelIndex& item)
-{
+void GameList::ValidateEntry(const QModelIndex& item) {
     // We don't care about the individual QStandardItem that was selected, but its row.
     int row = item_model->itemFromIndex(item)->row();
     QStandardItem* child_file = item_model->invisibleRootItem()->child(row, COLUMN_NAME);
@@ -73,14 +68,13 @@ void GameList::ValidateEntry(const QModelIndex& item)
     emit GameChosen(file_path);
 }
 
-void GameList::DonePopulating()
-{
+void GameList::DonePopulating() {
     tree_view->setEnabled(true);
 }
 
-void GameList::PopulateAsync(const QString& dir_path, bool deep_scan)
-{
-    if (!FileUtil::Exists(dir_path.toStdString()) || !FileUtil::IsDirectory(dir_path.toStdString())) {
+void GameList::PopulateAsync(const QString& dir_path, bool deep_scan) {
+    if (!FileUtil::Exists(dir_path.toStdString()) ||
+        !FileUtil::IsDirectory(dir_path.toStdString())) {
         LOG_ERROR(Frontend, "Could not find game list folder at %s", dir_path.toLocal8Bit().data());
         return;
     }
@@ -92,22 +86,22 @@ void GameList::PopulateAsync(const QString& dir_path, bool deep_scan)
     emit ShouldCancelWorker();
     GameListWorker* worker = new GameListWorker(dir_path, deep_scan);
 
-    connect(worker, SIGNAL(EntryReady(QList<QStandardItem*>)), this, SLOT(AddEntry(QList<QStandardItem*>)), Qt::QueuedConnection);
+    connect(worker, SIGNAL(EntryReady(QList<QStandardItem*>)), this,
+            SLOT(AddEntry(QList<QStandardItem*>)), Qt::QueuedConnection);
     connect(worker, SIGNAL(Finished()), this, SLOT(DonePopulating()), Qt::QueuedConnection);
-    // Use DirectConnection here because worker->Cancel() is thread-safe and we want it to cancel without delay.
+    // Use DirectConnection here because worker->Cancel() is thread-safe and we want it to cancel
+    // without delay.
     connect(this, SIGNAL(ShouldCancelWorker()), worker, SLOT(Cancel()), Qt::DirectConnection);
 
     QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(worker);
     current_worker = std::move(worker);
 }
 
-void GameList::SaveInterfaceLayout()
-{
+void GameList::SaveInterfaceLayout() {
     UISettings::values.gamelist_header_state = tree_view->header()->saveState();
 }
 
-void GameList::LoadInterfaceLayout()
-{
+void GameList::LoadInterfaceLayout() {
     auto header = tree_view->header();
     if (!header->restoreState(UISettings::values.gamelist_header_state)) {
         // We are using the name column to display icons and titles
@@ -118,10 +112,8 @@ void GameList::LoadInterfaceLayout()
     item_model->sort(header->sortIndicatorSection(), header->sortIndicatorOrder());
 }
 
-void GameListWorker::AddFstEntriesToGameList(const std::string& dir_path, unsigned int recursion)
-{
-    const auto callback = [this, recursion](unsigned* num_entries_out,
-                                            const std::string& directory,
+void GameListWorker::AddFstEntriesToGameList(const std::string& dir_path, unsigned int recursion) {
+    const auto callback = [this, recursion](unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string& directory,
                                             const std::string& virtual_name) -> bool {
         std::string physical_name = directory + DIR_SEP + virtual_name;
 
@@ -138,7 +130,8 @@ void GameListWorker::AddFstEntriesToGameList(const std::string& dir_path, unsign
 
             emit EntryReady({
                 new GameListItemPath(QString::fromStdString(physical_name), smdh),
-                new GameListItem(QString::fromStdString(Loader::GetFileTypeString(loader->GetFileType()))),
+                new GameListItem(
+                    QString::fromStdString(Loader::GetFileTypeString(loader->GetFileType()))),
                 new GameListItemSize(FileUtil::GetSize(physical_name)),
             });
         } else if (recursion > 0) {
@@ -151,15 +144,13 @@ void GameListWorker::AddFstEntriesToGameList(const std::string& dir_path, unsign
     FileUtil::ForeachDirectoryEntry(nullptr, dir_path, callback);
 }
 
-void GameListWorker::run()
-{
+void GameListWorker::run() {
     stop_processing = false;
     AddFstEntriesToGameList(dir_path.toStdString(), deep_scan ? 256 : 0);
     emit Finished();
 }
 
-void GameListWorker::Cancel()
-{
+void GameListWorker::Cancel() {
     disconnect(this, 0, 0, 0);
     stop_processing = true;
 }

src/citra_qt/game_list.h

@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@
 
 class GameListWorker;
 
-
 class GameList : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 

src/citra_qt/game_list_p.h

@@ -5,18 +5,14 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <atomic>
-
 #include <QImage>
 #include <QRunnable>
 #include <QStandardItem>
 #include <QString>
-
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
-#include "common/string_util.h"
 #include "common/color.h"
-
+#include "common/string_util.h"
 #include "core/loader/smdh.h"
-
 #include "video_core/utils.h"
 
 /**
@@ -51,19 +47,19 @@ static QPixmap GetDefaultIcon(bool large) {
  * @param language title language
  * @return QString short title
  */
-static QString GetQStringShortTitleFromSMDH(const Loader::SMDH& smdh, Loader::SMDH::TitleLanguage language) {
+static QString GetQStringShortTitleFromSMDH(const Loader::SMDH& smdh,
+                                            Loader::SMDH::TitleLanguage language) {
     return QString::fromUtf16(smdh.GetShortTitle(language).data());
 }
 
 class GameListItem : public QStandardItem {
 
 public:
-    GameListItem(): QStandardItem() {}
-    GameListItem(const QString& string): QStandardItem(string) {}
+    GameListItem() : QStandardItem() {}
+    GameListItem(const QString& string) : QStandardItem(string) {}
     virtual ~GameListItem() override {}
 };
 
-
 /**
  * A specialization of GameListItem for path values.
  * This class ensures that for every full path value it holds, a correct string representation
@@ -76,9 +72,8 @@ public:
     static const int FullPathRole = Qt::UserRole + 1;
     static const int TitleRole = Qt::UserRole + 2;
 
-    GameListItemPath(): GameListItem() {}
-    GameListItemPath(const QString& game_path, const std::vector<u8>& smdh_data): GameListItem()
-    {
+    GameListItemPath() : GameListItem() {}
+    GameListItemPath(const QString& game_path, const std::vector<u8>& smdh_data) : GameListItem() {
         setData(game_path, FullPathRole);
 
         if (!Loader::IsValidSMDH(smdh_data)) {
@@ -94,13 +89,15 @@ public:
         setData(GetQPixmapFromSMDH(smdh, true), Qt::DecorationRole);
 
         // Get title form SMDH
-        setData(GetQStringShortTitleFromSMDH(smdh, Loader::SMDH::TitleLanguage::English), TitleRole);
+        setData(GetQStringShortTitleFromSMDH(smdh, Loader::SMDH::TitleLanguage::English),
+                TitleRole);
     }
 
     QVariant data(int role) const override {
         if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
             std::string filename;
-            Common::SplitPath(data(FullPathRole).toString().toStdString(), nullptr, &filename, nullptr);
+            Common::SplitPath(data(FullPathRole).toString().toStdString(), nullptr, &filename,
+                              nullptr);
             QString title = data(TitleRole).toString();
             return QString::fromStdString(filename) + (title.isEmpty() ? "" : "\n    " + title);
         } else {
@@ -109,7 +106,6 @@ public:
     }
 };
 
-
 /**
  * A specialization of GameListItem for size values.
  * This class ensures that for every numerical size value it holds (in bytes), a correct
@@ -120,14 +116,12 @@ class GameListItemSize : public GameListItem {
 public:
     static const int SizeRole = Qt::UserRole + 1;
 
-    GameListItemSize(): GameListItem() {}
-    GameListItemSize(const qulonglong size_bytes): GameListItem()
-    {
+    GameListItemSize() : GameListItem() {}
+    GameListItemSize(const qulonglong size_bytes) : GameListItem() {
         setData(size_bytes, SizeRole);
     }
 
-    void setData(const QVariant& value, int role) override
-    {
+    void setData(const QVariant& value, int role) override {
         // By specializing setData for SizeRole, we can ensure that the numerical and string
         // representations of the data are always accurate and in the correct format.
         if (role == SizeRole) {
@@ -141,15 +135,14 @@ public:
 
     /**
      * This operator is, in practice, only used by the TreeView sorting systems.
-     * Override it so that it will correctly sort by numerical value instead of by string representation.
+     * Override it so that it will correctly sort by numerical value instead of by string
+     * representation.
      */
-    bool operator<(const QStandardItem& other) const override
-    {
+    bool operator<(const QStandardItem& other) const override {
         return data(SizeRole).toULongLong() < other.data(SizeRole).toULongLong();
     }
 };
 
-
 /**
  * Asynchronous worker object for populating the game list.
  * Communicates with other threads through Qt's signal/slot system.
@@ -158,8 +151,8 @@ class GameListWorker : public QObject, public QRunnable {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    GameListWorker(QString dir_path, bool deep_scan):
-            QObject(), QRunnable(), dir_path(dir_path), deep_scan(deep_scan) {}
+    GameListWorker(QString dir_path, bool deep_scan)
+        : QObject(), QRunnable(), dir_path(dir_path), deep_scan(deep_scan) {}
 
 public slots:
     /// Starts the processing of directory tree information.

src/citra_qt/hotkeys.cpp

@@ -3,16 +3,13 @@
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
 #include <map>
-
-#include <QtGlobal>
 #include <QKeySequence>
 #include <QShortcut>
-
+#include <QtGlobal>
 #include "citra_qt/hotkeys.h"
 #include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
 
-struct Hotkey
-{
+struct Hotkey {
     Hotkey() : shortcut(nullptr), context(Qt::WindowShortcut) {}
 
     QKeySequence keyseq;
@@ -25,13 +22,10 @@ typedef std::map<QString, HotkeyMap> HotkeyGroupMap;
 
 HotkeyGroupMap hotkey_groups;
 
-void SaveHotkeys()
-{
+void SaveHotkeys() {
     UISettings::values.shortcuts.clear();
-    for (auto group : hotkey_groups)
-    {
-        for (auto hotkey : group.second)
-        {
+    for (auto group : hotkey_groups) {
+        for (auto hotkey : group.second) {
             UISettings::values.shortcuts.emplace_back(
                 UISettings::Shortcut(group.first + "/" + hotkey.first,
                                      UISettings::ContextualShortcut(hotkey.second.keyseq.toString(),
@@ -40,18 +34,16 @@ void SaveHotkeys()
     }
 }
 
-void LoadHotkeys()
-{
-    // Make sure NOT to use a reference here because it would become invalid once we call beginGroup()
-    for (auto shortcut : UISettings::values.shortcuts)
-    {
+void LoadHotkeys() {
+    // Make sure NOT to use a reference here because it would become invalid once we call
+    // beginGroup()
+    for (auto shortcut : UISettings::values.shortcuts) {
         QStringList cat = shortcut.first.split("/");
         Q_ASSERT(cat.size() >= 2);
 
         // RegisterHotkey assigns default keybindings, so use old values as default parameters
         Hotkey& hk = hotkey_groups[cat[0]][cat[1]];
-        if (!shortcut.second.first.isEmpty())
-        {
+        if (!shortcut.second.first.isEmpty()) {
             hk.keyseq = QKeySequence::fromString(shortcut.second.first);
             hk.context = (Qt::ShortcutContext)shortcut.second.second;
         }
@@ -60,17 +52,15 @@ void LoadHotkeys()
     }
 }
 
-void RegisterHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, const QKeySequence& default_keyseq, Qt::ShortcutContext default_context)
-{
-    if (hotkey_groups[group].find(action) == hotkey_groups[group].end())
-    {
+void RegisterHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, const QKeySequence& default_keyseq,
+                    Qt::ShortcutContext default_context) {
+    if (hotkey_groups[group].find(action) == hotkey_groups[group].end()) {
         hotkey_groups[group][action].keyseq = default_keyseq;
         hotkey_groups[group][action].context = default_context;
     }
 }
 
-QShortcut* GetHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, QWidget* widget)
-{
+QShortcut* GetHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, QWidget* widget) {
     Hotkey& hk = hotkey_groups[group][action];
 
     if (!hk.shortcut)
@@ -79,16 +69,12 @@ QShortcut* GetHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, QWidget* widge
     return hk.shortcut;
 }
 
-
-GHotkeysDialog::GHotkeysDialog(QWidget* parent): QWidget(parent)
-{
+GHotkeysDialog::GHotkeysDialog(QWidget* parent) : QWidget(parent) {
     ui.setupUi(this);
 
-    for (auto group : hotkey_groups)
-    {
+    for (auto group : hotkey_groups) {
         QTreeWidgetItem* toplevel_item = new QTreeWidgetItem(QStringList(group.first));
-        for (auto hotkey : group.second)
-        {
+        for (auto hotkey : group.second) {
             QStringList columns;
             columns << hotkey.first << hotkey.second.keyseq.toString();
             QTreeWidgetItem* item = new QTreeWidgetItem(columns);

src/citra_qt/hotkeys.h

@@ -16,36 +16,42 @@ class QShortcut;
  *
  * @param group General group this hotkey belongs to (e.g. "Main Window", "Debugger")
  * @param action Name of the action (e.g. "Start Emulation", "Load Image")
- * @param default_keyseq Default key sequence to assign if the hotkey wasn't present in the settings file before
- * @param default_context Default context to assign if the hotkey wasn't present in the settings file before
+ * @param default_keyseq Default key sequence to assign if the hotkey wasn't present in the settings
+ * file before
+ * @param default_context Default context to assign if the hotkey wasn't present in the settings
+ * file before
  * @warning Both the group and action strings will be displayed in the hotkey settings dialog
  */
-void RegisterHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, const QKeySequence& default_keyseq = QKeySequence(), Qt::ShortcutContext default_context = Qt::WindowShortcut);
+void RegisterHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action,
+                    const QKeySequence& default_keyseq = QKeySequence(),
+                    Qt::ShortcutContext default_context = Qt::WindowShortcut);
 
 /**
  * Returns a QShortcut object whose activated() signal can be connected to other QObjects' slots.
  *
  * @param widget Parent widget of the returned QShortcut.
- * @warning If multiple QWidgets' call this function for the same action, the returned QShortcut will be the same. Thus, you shouldn't rely on the caller really being the QShortcut's parent.
+ * @warning If multiple QWidgets' call this function for the same action, the returned QShortcut
+ * will be the same. Thus, you shouldn't rely on the caller really being the QShortcut's parent.
  */
 QShortcut* GetHotkey(const QString& group, const QString& action, QWidget* widget);
 
 /**
  * Saves all registered hotkeys to the settings file.
  *
- * @note Each hotkey group will be stored a settings group; For each hotkey inside that group, a settings group will be created to store the key sequence and the hotkey context.
+ * @note Each hotkey group will be stored a settings group; For each hotkey inside that group, a
+ * settings group will be created to store the key sequence and the hotkey context.
  */
 void SaveHotkeys();
 
 /**
  * Loads hotkeys from the settings file.
  *
- * @note Yet unregistered hotkeys which are present in the settings will automatically be registered.
+ * @note Yet unregistered hotkeys which are present in the settings will automatically be
+ * registered.
  */
 void LoadHotkeys();
 
-class GHotkeysDialog : public QWidget
-{
+class GHotkeysDialog : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:

src/citra_qt/main.cpp

@@ -5,25 +5,15 @@
 #include <clocale>
 #include <memory>
 #include <thread>
-
 #include <glad/glad.h>
-
 #define QT_NO_OPENGL
 #include <QDesktopWidget>
-#include <QtGui>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QMessageBox>
-#include "qhexedit.h"
-
+#include <QtGui>
 #include "citra_qt/bootmanager.h"
 #include "citra_qt/config.h"
 #include "citra_qt/configure_dialog.h"
-#include "citra_qt/game_list.h"
-#include "citra_qt/hotkeys.h"
-#include "citra_qt/main.h"
-#include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
-
-// Debugger
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/callstack.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/disassembler.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/graphics.h"
@@ -35,28 +25,29 @@
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/profiler.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/ramview.h"
 #include "citra_qt/debugger/registers.h"
-
+#include "citra_qt/game_list.h"
+#include "citra_qt/hotkeys.h"
+#include "citra_qt/main.h"
+#include "citra_qt/ui_settings.h"
+#include "common/logging/backend.h"
+#include "common/logging/filter.h"
+#include "common/logging/log.h"
+#include "common/logging/text_formatter.h"
 #include "common/microprofile.h"
 #include "common/platform.h"
 #include "common/scm_rev.h"
 #include "common/scope_exit.h"
 #include "common/string_util.h"
-#include "common/logging/backend.h"
-#include "common/logging/filter.h"
-#include "common/logging/log.h"
-#include "common/logging/text_formatter.h"
-
-#include "core/core.h"
-#include "core/settings.h"
-#include "core/system.h"
 #include "core/arm/disassembler/load_symbol_map.h"
+#include "core/core.h"
 #include "core/gdbstub/gdbstub.h"
 #include "core/loader/loader.h"
-
+#include "core/settings.h"
+#include "core/system.h"
+#include "qhexedit.h"
 #include "video_core/video_core.h"
 
-GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr)
-{
+GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr) {
     Pica::g_debug_context = Pica::DebugContext::Construct();
 
     ui.setupUi(this);
@@ -91,7 +82,7 @@ GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr)
 
     graphicsWidget = new GPUCommandStreamWidget(this);
     addDockWidget(Qt::RightDockWidgetArea, graphicsWidget);
-    graphicsWidget ->hide();
+    graphicsWidget->hide();
 
     graphicsCommandsWidget = new GPUCommandListWidget(this);
     addDockWidget(Qt::RightDockWidgetArea, graphicsCommandsWidget);
@@ -110,7 +101,8 @@ GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr)
     graphicsTracingWidget->hide();
 
     auto graphicsSurfaceViewerAction = new QAction(tr("Create Pica surface viewer"), this);
-    connect(graphicsSurfaceViewerAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnCreateGraphicsSurfaceViewer()));
+    connect(graphicsSurfaceViewerAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this,
+            SLOT(OnCreateGraphicsSurfaceViewer()));
 
     QMenu* debug_menu = ui.menu_View->addMenu(tr("Debugging"));
     debug_menu->addAction(graphicsSurfaceViewerAction);
@@ -167,35 +159,44 @@ GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr)
     UpdateRecentFiles();
 
     // Setup connections
-    connect(game_list, SIGNAL(GameChosen(QString)), this, SLOT(OnGameListLoadFile(QString)), Qt::DirectConnection);
+    connect(game_list, SIGNAL(GameChosen(QString)), this, SLOT(OnGameListLoadFile(QString)),
+            Qt::DirectConnection);
     connect(ui.action_Configure, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnConfigure()));
-    connect(ui.action_Load_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnMenuLoadFile()),Qt::DirectConnection);
+    connect(ui.action_Load_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnMenuLoadFile()),
+            Qt::DirectConnection);
     connect(ui.action_Load_Symbol_Map, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnMenuLoadSymbolMap()));
-    connect(ui.action_Select_Game_List_Root, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnMenuSelectGameListRoot()));
+    connect(ui.action_Select_Game_List_Root, SIGNAL(triggered()), this,
+            SLOT(OnMenuSelectGameListRoot()));
     connect(ui.action_Start, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnStartGame()));
     connect(ui.action_Pause, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnPauseGame()));
     connect(ui.action_Stop, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(OnStopGame()));
     connect(ui.action_Single_Window_Mode, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), this, SLOT(ToggleWindowMode()));
 
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), disasmWidget,
+            SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
     connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStopping()), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStopping()));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), registersWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), registersWidget,
+            SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
     connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStopping()), registersWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStopping()));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), render_window, SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), render_window,
+            SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
     connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStopping()), render_window, SLOT(OnEmulationStopping()));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), graphicsTracingWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStarting(EmuThread*)), graphicsTracingWidget,
+            SLOT(OnEmulationStarting(EmuThread*)));
     connect(this, SIGNAL(EmulationStopping()), graphicsTracingWidget, SLOT(OnEmulationStopping()));
 
-
     // Setup hotkeys
     RegisterHotkey("Main Window", "Load File", QKeySequence::Open);
     RegisterHotkey("Main Window", "Start Emulation");
     LoadHotkeys();
 
-    connect(GetHotkey("Main Window", "Load File", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this, SLOT(OnMenuLoadFile()));
-    connect(GetHotkey("Main Window", "Start Emulation", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this, SLOT(OnStartGame()));
+    connect(GetHotkey("Main Window", "Load File", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this,
+            SLOT(OnMenuLoadFile()));
+    connect(GetHotkey("Main Window", "Start Emulation", this), SIGNAL(activated()), this,
+            SLOT(OnStartGame()));
 
-    std::string window_title = Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
+    std::string window_title =
+        Common::StringFromFormat("Citra | %s-%s", Common::g_scm_branch, Common::g_scm_desc);
     setWindowTitle(window_title.c_str());
 
     show();
@@ -208,8 +209,7 @@ GMainWindow::GMainWindow() : config(new Config()), emu_thread(nullptr)
     }
 }
 
-GMainWindow::~GMainWindow()
-{
+GMainWindow::~GMainWindow() {
     // will get automatically deleted otherwise
     if (render_window->parent() == nullptr)
         delete render_window;
@@ -217,19 +217,18 @@ GMainWindow::~GMainWindow()
     Pica::g_debug_context.reset();
 }
 
-void GMainWindow::OnDisplayTitleBars(bool show)
-{
+void GMainWindow::OnDisplayTitleBars(bool show) {
     QList<QDockWidget*> widgets = findChildren<QDockWidget*>();
 
     if (show) {
-        for (QDockWidget* widget: widgets) {
+        for (QDockWidget* widget : widgets) {
             QWidget* old = widget->titleBarWidget();
             widget->setTitleBarWidget(nullptr);
             if (old != nullptr)
                 delete old;
         }
     } else {
-        for (QDockWidget* widget: widgets) {
+        for (QDockWidget* widget : widgets) {
             QWidget* old = widget->titleBarWidget();
             widget->setTitleBarWidget(new QWidget());
             if (old != nullptr)
@@ -249,7 +248,8 @@ bool GMainWindow::InitializeSystem() {
     if (!gladLoadGL()) {
         QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error while starting Citra!"),
                               tr("Failed to initialize the video core!\n\n"
-                                 "Please ensure that your GPU supports OpenGL 3.3 and that you have the latest graphics driver."));
+                                 "Please ensure that your GPU supports OpenGL 3.3 and that you "
+                                 "have the latest graphics driver."));
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -260,7 +260,8 @@ bool GMainWindow::InitializeSystem() {
         case System::Result::ErrorInitVideoCore:
             QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error while starting Citra!"),
                                   tr("Failed to initialize the video core!\n\n"
-                                     "Please ensure that your GPU supports OpenGL 3.3 and that you have the latest graphics driver."));
+                                     "Please ensure that your GPU supports OpenGL 3.3 and that you "
+                                     "have the latest graphics driver."));
             break;
 
         default:
@@ -293,8 +294,12 @@ bool GMainWindow::LoadROM(const std::string& filename) {
             QMessageBox popup_error;
             popup_error.setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
             popup_error.setWindowTitle(tr("Error while loading ROM!"));
-            popup_error.setText(tr("The game that you are trying to load must be decrypted before being used with Citra.<br/><br/>"
-                                  "For more information on dumping and decrypting games, please see: <a href='https://citra-emu.org/wiki/Dumping-Game-Cartridges'>https://citra-emu.org/wiki/Dumping-Game-Cartridges</a>"));
+            popup_error.setText(
+                tr("The game that you are trying to load must be decrypted before being used with "
+                   "Citra.<br/><br/>"
+                   "For more information on dumping and decrypting games, please see: <a "
+                   "href='https://citra-emu.org/wiki/Dumping-Game-Cartridges'>https://"
+                   "citra-emu.org/wiki/Dumping-Game-Cartridges</a>"));
             popup_error.setIcon(QMessageBox::Critical);
             popup_error.exec();
             break;
@@ -306,8 +311,7 @@ bool GMainWindow::LoadROM(const std::string& filename) {
         case Loader::ResultStatus::Error:
 
         default:
-            QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error while loading ROM!"),
-                                  tr("Unknown error!"));
+            QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error while loading ROM!"), tr("Unknown error!"));
             break;
         }
         return false;
@@ -332,13 +336,20 @@ void GMainWindow::BootGame(const std::string& filename) {
     emu_thread->start();
 
     connect(render_window, SIGNAL(Closed()), this, SLOT(OnStopGame()));
-    // BlockingQueuedConnection is important here, it makes sure we've finished refreshing our views before the CPU continues
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), registersWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), callstackWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), registersWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), callstackWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    // BlockingQueuedConnection is important here, it makes sure we've finished refreshing our views
+    // before the CPU continues
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()),
+            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), registersWidget,
+            SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeEntered()), callstackWidget,
+            SLOT(OnDebugModeEntered()), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), disasmWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()),
+            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), registersWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()),
+            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+    connect(emu_thread.get(), SIGNAL(DebugModeLeft()), callstackWidget, SLOT(OnDebugModeLeft()),
+            Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
 
     // Update the GUI
     registersWidget->OnDebugModeEntered();
@@ -393,10 +404,12 @@ void GMainWindow::StoreRecentFile(const std::string& filename) {
 }
 
 void GMainWindow::UpdateRecentFiles() {
-    unsigned int num_recent_files = std::min(UISettings::values.recent_files.size(), static_cast<int>(max_recent_files_item));
+    unsigned int num_recent_files =
+        std::min(UISettings::values.recent_files.size(), static_cast<int>(max_recent_files_item));
 
     for (unsigned int i = 0; i < num_recent_files; i++) {
-        QString text = QString("&%1. %2").arg(i + 1).arg(QFileInfo(UISettings::values.recent_files[i]).fileName());
+        QString text = QString("&%1. %2").arg(i + 1).arg(
+            QFileInfo(UISettings::values.recent_files[i]).fileName());
         actions_recent_files[i]->setText(text);
         actions_recent_files[i]->setData(UISettings::values.recent_files[i]);
         actions_recent_files[i]->setToolTip(UISettings::values.recent_files[i]);
@@ -420,7 +433,9 @@ void GMainWindow::OnGameListLoadFile(QString game_path) {
 }
 
 void GMainWindow::OnMenuLoadFile() {
-    QString filename = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, tr("Load File"), UISettings::values.roms_path, tr("3DS executable (*.3ds *.3dsx *.elf *.axf *.cci *.cxi)"));
+    QString filename =
+        QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, tr("Load File"), UISettings::values.roms_path,
+                                     tr("3DS executable (*.3ds *.3dsx *.elf *.axf *.cci *.cxi)"));
     if (!filename.isEmpty()) {
         UISettings::values.roms_path = QFileInfo(filename).path();
 
@@ -429,7 +444,8 @@ void GMainWindow::OnMenuLoadFile() {
 }
 
 void GMainWindow::OnMenuLoadSymbolMap() {
-    QString filename = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, tr("Load Symbol Map"), UISettings::values.symbols_path, tr("Symbol map (*)"));
+    QString filename = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+        this, tr("Load Symbol Map"), UISettings::values.symbols_path, tr("Symbol map (*)"));
     if (!filename.isEmpty()) {
         UISettings::values.symbols_path = QFileInfo(filename).path();
 
@@ -455,7 +471,8 @@ void GMainWindow::OnMenuRecentFile() {
         BootGame(filename.toStdString());
     } else {
         // Display an error message and remove the file from the list.
-        QMessageBox::information(this, tr("File not found"), tr("File \"%1\" not found").arg(filename));
+        QMessageBox::information(this, tr("File not found"),
+                                 tr("File \"%1\" not found").arg(filename));
 
         UISettings::values.recent_files.removeOne(filename);
         UpdateRecentFiles();
@@ -512,8 +529,7 @@ void GMainWindow::ToggleWindowMode() {
 void GMainWindow::OnConfigure() {
     ConfigureDialog configureDialog(this);
     auto result = configureDialog.exec();
-    if (result == QDialog::Accepted)
-    {
+    if (result == QDialog::Accepted) {
         configureDialog.applyConfiguration();
         render_window->ReloadSetKeymaps();
         config->Save();
@@ -531,8 +547,8 @@ bool GMainWindow::ConfirmClose() {
     if (emu_thread == nullptr || !UISettings::values.confirm_before_closing)
         return true;
 
-    auto answer = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("Citra"),
-                                        tr("Are you sure you want to close Citra?"),
+    auto answer =
+        QMessageBox::question(this, tr("Citra"), tr("Are you sure you want to close Citra?"),
                               QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::No);
     return answer != QMessageBox::No;
 }
@@ -575,9 +591,7 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[]) {
     Log::SetFilter(&log_filter);
 
     MicroProfileOnThreadCreate("Frontend");
-    SCOPE_EXIT({
-        MicroProfileShutdown();
-    });
+    SCOPE_EXIT({ MicroProfileShutdown(); });
 
     // Init settings params
     QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName("Citra team");
@@ -586,7 +600,8 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[]) {
     QApplication::setAttribute(Qt::AA_X11InitThreads);
     QApplication app(argc, argv);
 
-    // Qt changes the locale and causes issues in float conversion using std::to_string() when generating shaders
+    // Qt changes the locale and causes issues in float conversion using std::to_string() when
+    // generating shaders
     setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
 
     GMainWindow main_window;

src/citra_qt/main.h

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@
 
 #include <memory>
 #include <QMainWindow>
-
 #include "ui_main.h"
 
 class Config;
@@ -23,11 +22,11 @@ class CallstackWidget;
 class GPUCommandStreamWidget;
 class GPUCommandListWidget;
 
-class GMainWindow : public QMainWindow
-{
+class GMainWindow : public QMainWindow {
     Q_OBJECT
 
-    static const int max_recent_files_item = 10; ///< Max number of recently loaded items to keep track
+    /// Max number of recently loaded items to keep track of
+    static const int max_recent_files_item = 10;
 
     // TODO: Make use of this!
     enum {

src/citra_qt/ui_settings.cpp

@@ -7,5 +7,4 @@
 namespace UISettings {
 
 Values values = {};
-
 }

src/citra_qt/ui_settings.h

@@ -4,15 +4,14 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#include <QByteArray>
-#include <QStringList>
-#include <QString>
-
 #include <vector>
+#include <QByteArray>
+#include <QString>
+#include <QStringList>
 
 namespace UISettings {
 
-using ContextualShortcut = std::pair<QString, int> ;
+using ContextualShortcut = std::pair<QString, int>;
 using Shortcut = std::pair<QString, ContextualShortcut>;
 
 struct Values {
@@ -43,5 +42,4 @@ struct Values {
 };
 
 extern Values values;
-
 }

src/citra_qt/util/spinbox.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
-
 // Copyright 2014 Tony Wasserka
 // All rights reserved.
 //
@@ -32,12 +31,11 @@
 #include <cstdlib>
 #include <QLineEdit>
 #include <QRegExpValidator>
-
 #include "citra_qt/util/spinbox.h"
 #include "common/assert.h"
 
-CSpinBox::CSpinBox(QWidget* parent) : QAbstractSpinBox(parent), min_value(-100), max_value(100), value(0), base(10), num_digits(0)
-{
+CSpinBox::CSpinBox(QWidget* parent)
+    : QAbstractSpinBox(parent), min_value(-100), max_value(100), value(0), base(10), num_digits(0) {
     // TODO: Might be nice to not immediately call the slot.
     //       Think of an address that is being replaced by a different one, in which case a lot
     //       invalid intermediate addresses would be read from during editing.
@@ -46,8 +44,7 @@ CSpinBox::CSpinBox(QWidget* parent) : QAbstractSpinBox(parent), min_value(-100),
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetValue(qint64 val)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetValue(qint64 val) {
     auto old_value = value;
     value = std::max(std::min(val, max_value), min_value);
 
@@ -57,8 +54,7 @@ void CSpinBox::SetValue(qint64 val)
     }
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetRange(qint64 min, qint64 max)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetRange(qint64 min, qint64 max) {
     min_value = min;
     max_value = max;
 
@@ -66,8 +62,7 @@ void CSpinBox::SetRange(qint64 min, qint64 max)
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::stepBy(int steps)
-{
+void CSpinBox::stepBy(int steps) {
     auto new_value = value;
     // Scale number of steps by the currently selected digit
     // TODO: Move this code elsewhere and enable it.
@@ -93,8 +88,7 @@ void CSpinBox::stepBy(int steps)
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-QAbstractSpinBox::StepEnabled CSpinBox::stepEnabled() const
-{
+QAbstractSpinBox::StepEnabled CSpinBox::stepEnabled() const {
     StepEnabled ret = StepNone;
 
     if (value > min_value)
@@ -106,29 +100,25 @@ QAbstractSpinBox::StepEnabled CSpinBox::stepEnabled() const
     return ret;
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetBase(int base)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetBase(int base) {
     this->base = base;
 
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetNumDigits(int num_digits)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetNumDigits(int num_digits) {
     this->num_digits = num_digits;
 
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetPrefix(const QString& prefix)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetPrefix(const QString& prefix) {
     this->prefix = prefix;
 
     UpdateText();
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::SetSuffix(const QString& suffix)
-{
+void CSpinBox::SetSuffix(const QString& suffix) {
     this->suffix = suffix;
 
     UpdateText();
@@ -161,8 +151,7 @@ static QString StringToInputMask(const QString& input) {
     return mask;
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::UpdateText()
-{
+void CSpinBox::UpdateText() {
     // If a fixed number of digits is used, we put the line edit in insertion mode by setting an
     // input mask.
     QString mask;
@@ -179,10 +168,9 @@ void CSpinBox::UpdateText()
         // The greatest signed 64-bit number has 19 decimal digits.
         // TODO: Could probably make this more generic with some logarithms.
         // For reference, unsigned 64-bit can have up to 20 decimal digits.
-        int digits = (num_digits != 0) ? num_digits
-                     : (base == 16) ? 16
-                     : (base == 10) ? 19
-                     : 0xFF; // fallback case...
+        int digits = (num_digits != 0)
+                         ? num_digits
+                         : (base == 16) ? 16 : (base == 10) ? 19 : 0xFF; // fallback case...
 
         // Match num_digits digits
         // Digits irrelevant to the chosen number base are filtered in the validator
@@ -203,29 +191,24 @@ void CSpinBox::UpdateText()
     lineEdit()->setCursorPosition(cursor_position);
 }
 
-QString CSpinBox::TextFromValue()
-{
-    return prefix
-           + QString(HasSign() ? ((value < 0) ? "-" : "+") : "")
-           + QString("%1").arg(std::abs(value), num_digits, base, QLatin1Char('0')).toUpper()
-           + suffix;
+QString CSpinBox::TextFromValue() {
+    return prefix + QString(HasSign() ? ((value < 0) ? "-" : "+") : "") +
+           QString("%1").arg(std::abs(value), num_digits, base, QLatin1Char('0')).toUpper() +
+           suffix;
 }
 
-qint64 CSpinBox::ValueFromText()
-{
+qint64 CSpinBox::ValueFromText() {
     unsigned strpos = prefix.length();
 
     QString num_string = text().mid(strpos, text().length() - strpos - suffix.length());
     return num_string.toLongLong(nullptr, base);
 }
 
-bool CSpinBox::HasSign() const
-{
+bool CSpinBox::HasSign() const {
     return base == 10 && min_value < 0;
 }
 
-void CSpinBox::OnEditingFinished()
-{
+void CSpinBox::OnEditingFinished() {
     // Only update for valid input
     QString input = lineEdit()->text();
     int pos = 0;
@@ -233,8 +216,7 @@ void CSpinBox::OnEditingFinished()
         SetValue(ValueFromText());
 }
 
-QValidator::State CSpinBox::validate(QString& input, int& pos) const
-{
+QValidator::State CSpinBox::validate(QString& input, int& pos) const {
     if (!prefix.isEmpty() && input.left(prefix.length()) != prefix)
         return QValidator::Invalid;
 

src/citra_qt/util/spinbox.h

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
-
 // Copyright 2014 Tony Wasserka
 // All rights reserved.
 //
@@ -29,7 +28,6 @@
 // (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 // OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include <QAbstractSpinBox>

src/citra_qt/util/util.cpp

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 
 #include <array>
 #include <cmath>
-
 #include "citra_qt/util/util.h"
 
 QFont GetMonospaceFont() {
@@ -16,10 +15,12 @@ QFont GetMonospaceFont() {
 }
 
 QString ReadableByteSize(qulonglong size) {
-    static const std::array<const char*, 6> units = { "B", "KiB", "MiB", "GiB", "TiB", "PiB" };
+    static const std::array<const char*, 6> units = {"B", "KiB", "MiB", "GiB", "TiB", "PiB"};
     if (size == 0)
         return "0";
-    int digit_groups = std::min<int>(static_cast<int>(std::log10(size) / std::log10(1024)), static_cast<int>(units.size()));
-    return QString("%L1 %2").arg(size / std::pow(1024, digit_groups), 0, 'f', 1)
+    int digit_groups = std::min<int>(static_cast<int>(std::log10(size) / std::log10(1024)),
+                                     static_cast<int>(units.size()));
+    return QString("%L1 %2")
+        .arg(size / std::pow(1024, digit_groups), 0, 'f', 1)
         .arg(units[digit_groups]);
 }

src/common/assert.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <cstdlib>
-
 #include "common/common_funcs.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 
@@ -18,25 +17,29 @@
 // enough for our purposes.
 template <typename Fn>
 #if defined(_MSC_VER)
-    __declspec(noinline, noreturn)
+__declspec(noinline, noreturn)
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
     __attribute__((noinline, noreturn, cold))
 #endif
-static void assert_noinline_call(const Fn& fn) {
+    static void assert_noinline_call(const Fn& fn) {
     fn();
     Crash();
     exit(1); // Keeps GCC's mouth shut about this actually returning
 }
 
 #define ASSERT(_a_)                                                                                \
-    do if (!(_a_)) { assert_noinline_call([] { \
-        LOG_CRITICAL(Debug, "Assertion Failed!"); \
-    }); } while (0)
+    do                                                                                             \
+        if (!(_a_)) {                                                                              \
+            assert_noinline_call([] { LOG_CRITICAL(Debug, "Assertion Failed!"); });                \
+        }                                                                                          \
+    while (0)
 
 #define ASSERT_MSG(_a_, ...)                                                                       \
-    do if (!(_a_)) { assert_noinline_call([&] { \
-        LOG_CRITICAL(Debug, "Assertion Failed!\n" __VA_ARGS__); \
-    }); } while (0)
+    do                                                                                             \
+        if (!(_a_)) {                                                                              \
+            assert_noinline_call([&] { LOG_CRITICAL(Debug, "Assertion Failed!\n" __VA_ARGS__); }); \
+        }                                                                                          \
+    while (0)
 
 #define UNREACHABLE() ASSERT_MSG(false, "Unreachable code!")
 #define UNREACHABLE_MSG(...) ASSERT_MSG(false, __VA_ARGS__)

src/common/bit_field.h

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
-
 // Copyright 2014 Tony Wasserka
 // All rights reserved.
 //
@@ -29,13 +28,11 @@
 // (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 // OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <limits>
 #include <type_traits>
-
 #include "common/common_funcs.h"
 
 /*
@@ -111,9 +108,8 @@
  * symptoms.
  */
 #pragma pack(1)
-template<std::size_t position, std::size_t bits, typename T>
-struct BitField
-{
+template <std::size_t position, std::size_t bits, typename T>
+struct BitField {
 private:
     // We hide the copy assigment operator here, because the default copy
     // assignment would copy the full storage value, rather than just the bits
@@ -141,13 +137,10 @@ public:
     }
 
     FORCE_INLINE T Value() const {
-        if (std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed)
-        {
-            std::size_t shift = 8 * sizeof(T)-bits;
+        if (std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed) {
+            std::size_t shift = 8 * sizeof(T) - bits;
             return (T)((storage << (shift - position)) >> shift);
-        }
-        else
-        {
+        } else {
             return (T)((storage & GetMask()) >> position);
         }
     }
@@ -162,15 +155,14 @@ private:
     // T is an enumeration. Note that T is wrapped within an enable_if in the
     // former case to workaround compile errors which arise when using
     // std::underlying_type<T>::type directly.
-    typedef typename std::conditional < std::is_enum<T>::value,
-        std::underlying_type<T>,
-        std::enable_if < true, T >> ::type::type StorageType;
+    typedef typename std::conditional<std::is_enum<T>::value, std::underlying_type<T>,
+                                      std::enable_if<true, T>>::type::type StorageType;
 
     // Unsigned version of StorageType
     typedef typename std::make_unsigned<StorageType>::type StorageTypeU;
 
     FORCE_INLINE StorageType GetMask() const {
-        return (((StorageTypeU)~0) >> (8 * sizeof(T)-bits)) << position;
+        return (((StorageTypeU)~0) >> (8 * sizeof(T) - bits)) << position;
     }
 
     StorageType storage;
@@ -186,5 +178,6 @@ private:
 #pragma pack()
 
 #if (__GNUC__ >= 5) || defined(__clang__) || defined(_MSC_VER)
-static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<BitField<0, 1, unsigned>>::value, "BitField must be trivially copyable");
+static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<BitField<0, 1, unsigned>>::value,
+              "BitField must be trivially copyable");
 #endif

src/common/bit_set.h

@@ -18,49 +18,60 @@ namespace Common {
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 template <typename T>
-static inline int CountSetBits(T v)
-{
+static inline int CountSetBits(T v) {
     // from https://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html
     // GCC has this built in, but MSVC's intrinsic will only emit the actual
     // POPCNT instruction, which we're not depending on
-    v = v - ((v >> 1) & (T)~(T)0/3);
-    v = (v & (T)~(T)0/15*3) + ((v >> 2) & (T)~(T)0/15*3);
-    v = (v + (v >> 4)) & (T)~(T)0/255*15;
-    return (T)(v * ((T)~(T)0/255)) >> (sizeof(T) - 1) * 8;
+    v = v - ((v >> 1) & (T) ~(T)0 / 3);
+    v = (v & (T) ~(T)0 / 15 * 3) + ((v >> 2) & (T) ~(T)0 / 15 * 3);
+    v = (v + (v >> 4)) & (T) ~(T)0 / 255 * 15;
+    return (T)(v * ((T) ~(T)0 / 255)) >> (sizeof(T) - 1) * 8;
 }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u8 val)
-{
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u8 val) {
     unsigned long index;
     _BitScanForward(&index, val);
     return (int)index;
 }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u16 val)
-{
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u16 val) {
     unsigned long index;
     _BitScanForward(&index, val);
     return (int)index;
 }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u32 val)
-{
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u32 val) {
     unsigned long index;
     _BitScanForward(&index, val);
     return (int)index;
 }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u64 val)
-{
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u64 val) {
     unsigned long index;
     _BitScanForward64(&index, val);
     return (int)index;
 }
 #else
-static inline int CountSetBits(u8 val) { return __builtin_popcount(val); }
-static inline int CountSetBits(u16 val) { return __builtin_popcount(val); }
-static inline int CountSetBits(u32 val) { return __builtin_popcount(val); }
-static inline int CountSetBits(u64 val) { return __builtin_popcountll(val); }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u8 val) { return __builtin_ctz(val); }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u16 val) { return __builtin_ctz(val); }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u32 val) { return __builtin_ctz(val); }
-static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u64 val) { return __builtin_ctzll(val); }
+static inline int CountSetBits(u8 val) {
+    return __builtin_popcount(val);
+}
+static inline int CountSetBits(u16 val) {
+    return __builtin_popcount(val);
+}
+static inline int CountSetBits(u32 val) {
+    return __builtin_popcount(val);
+}
+static inline int CountSetBits(u64 val) {
+    return __builtin_popcountll(val);
+}
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u8 val) {
+    return __builtin_ctz(val);
+}
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u16 val) {
+    return __builtin_ctz(val);
+}
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u32 val) {
+    return __builtin_ctz(val);
+}
+static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u64 val) {
+    return __builtin_ctzll(val);
+}
 #endif
 
 // Similar to std::bitset, this is a class which encapsulates a bitset, i.e.
@@ -84,57 +95,62 @@ static inline int LeastSignificantSetBit(u64 val) { return __builtin_ctzll(val);
 // TODO: use constexpr when MSVC gets out of the Dark Ages
 
 template <typename IntTy>
-class BitSet
-{
+class BitSet {
     static_assert(!std::is_signed<IntTy>::value, "BitSet should not be used with signed types");
+
 public:
     // A reference to a particular bit, returned from operator[].
-    class Ref
-    {
+    class Ref {
     public:
         Ref(Ref&& other) : m_bs(other.m_bs), m_mask(other.m_mask) {}
         Ref(BitSet* bs, IntTy mask) : m_bs(bs), m_mask(mask) {}
-        operator bool() const { return (m_bs->m_val & m_mask) != 0; }
-        bool operator=(bool set)
-        {
+        operator bool() const {
+            return (m_bs->m_val & m_mask) != 0;
+        }
+        bool operator=(bool set) {
             m_bs->m_val = (m_bs->m_val & ~m_mask) | (set ? m_mask : 0);
             return set;
         }
+
     private:
         BitSet* m_bs;
         IntTy m_mask;
     };
 
     // A STL-like iterator is required to be able to use range-based for loops.
-    class Iterator
-    {
+    class Iterator {
     public:
         Iterator(const Iterator& other) : m_val(other.m_val), m_bit(other.m_bit) {}
         Iterator(IntTy val, int bit) : m_val(val), m_bit(bit) {}
-        Iterator& operator=(Iterator other) { new (this) Iterator(other); return *this; }
-        int operator*() { return m_bit; }
-        Iterator& operator++()
-        {
-            if (m_val == 0)
-            {
-                m_bit = -1;
+        Iterator& operator=(Iterator other) {
+            new (this) Iterator(other);
+            return *this;
         }
-            else
-            {
+        int operator*() {
+            return m_bit;
+        }
+        Iterator& operator++() {
+            if (m_val == 0) {
+                m_bit = -1;
+            } else {
                 int bit = LeastSignificantSetBit(m_val);
                 m_val &= ~(1 << bit);
                 m_bit = bit;
             }
             return *this;
         }
-        Iterator operator++(int _)
-        {
+        Iterator operator++(int _) {
             Iterator other(*this);
             ++*this;
             return other;
         }
-        bool operator==(Iterator other) const { return m_bit == other.m_bit; }
-        bool operator!=(Iterator other) const { return m_bit != other.m_bit; }
+        bool operator==(Iterator other) const {
+            return m_bit == other.m_bit;
+        }
+        bool operator!=(Iterator other) const {
+            return m_bit != other.m_bit;
+        }
+
     private:
         IntTy m_val;
         int m_bit;
@@ -142,42 +158,75 @@ public:
 
     BitSet() : m_val(0) {}
     explicit BitSet(IntTy val) : m_val(val) {}
-    BitSet(std::initializer_list<int> init)
-    {
+    BitSet(std::initializer_list<int> init) {
         m_val = 0;
         for (int bit : init)
             m_val |= (IntTy)1 << bit;
     }
 
-    static BitSet AllTrue(size_t count)
-    {
-        return BitSet(count == sizeof(IntTy)*8 ? ~(IntTy)0 : (((IntTy)1 << count) - 1));
+    static BitSet AllTrue(size_t count) {
+        return BitSet(count == sizeof(IntTy) * 8 ? ~(IntTy)0 : (((IntTy)1 << count) - 1));
     }
 
-    Ref operator[](size_t bit) { return Ref(this, (IntTy)1 << bit); }
-    const Ref operator[](size_t bit) const { return (*const_cast<BitSet*>(this))[bit]; }
-    bool operator==(BitSet other) const { return m_val == other.m_val; }
-    bool operator!=(BitSet other) const { return m_val != other.m_val; }
-    bool operator<(BitSet other) const { return m_val < other.m_val; }
-    bool operator>(BitSet other) const { return m_val > other.m_val; }
-    BitSet operator|(BitSet other) const { return BitSet(m_val | other.m_val); }
-    BitSet operator&(BitSet other) const { return BitSet(m_val & other.m_val); }
-    BitSet operator^(BitSet other) const { return BitSet(m_val ^ other.m_val); }
-    BitSet operator~() const { return BitSet(~m_val); }
-    BitSet& operator|=(BitSet other) { return *this = *this | other; }
-    BitSet& operator&=(BitSet other) { return *this = *this & other; }
-    BitSet& operator^=(BitSet other) { return *this = *this ^ other; }
+    Ref operator[](size_t bit) {
+        return Ref(this, (IntTy)1 << bit);
+    }
+    const Ref operator[](size_t bit) const {
+        return (*const_cast<BitSet*>(this))[bit];
+    }
+    bool operator==(BitSet other) const {
+        return m_val == other.m_val;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(BitSet other) const {
+        return m_val != other.m_val;
+    }
+    bool operator<(BitSet other) const {
+        return m_val < other.m_val;
+    }
+    bool operator>(BitSet other) const {
+        return m_val > other.m_val;
+    }
+    BitSet operator|(BitSet other) const {
+        return BitSet(m_val | other.m_val);
+    }
+    BitSet operator&(BitSet other) const {
+        return BitSet(m_val & other.m_val);
+    }
+    BitSet operator^(BitSet other) const {
+        return BitSet(m_val ^ other.m_val);
+    }
+    BitSet operator~() const {
+        return BitSet(~m_val);
+    }
+    BitSet& operator|=(BitSet other) {
+        return *this = *this | other;
+    }
+    BitSet& operator&=(BitSet other) {
+        return *this = *this & other;
+    }
+    BitSet& operator^=(BitSet other) {
+        return *this = *this ^ other;
+    }
     operator u32() = delete;
-    operator bool() { return m_val != 0; }
+    operator bool() {
+        return m_val != 0;
+    }
 
     // Warning: Even though on modern CPUs this is a single fast instruction,
     // Dolphin's official builds do not currently assume POPCNT support on x86,
     // so slower explicit bit twiddling is generated.  Still should generally
     // be faster than a loop.
-    unsigned int Count() const { return CountSetBits(m_val); }
+    unsigned int Count() const {
+        return CountSetBits(m_val);
+    }
 
-    Iterator begin() const { Iterator it(m_val, 0); return ++it; }
-    Iterator end() const { return Iterator(m_val, -1); }
+    Iterator begin() const {
+        Iterator it(m_val, 0);
+        return ++it;
+    }
+    Iterator end() const {
+        return Iterator(m_val, -1);
+    }
 
     IntTy m_val;
 };

src/common/break_points.cpp

@@ -2,33 +2,29 @@
 // Licensed under GPLv2 or any later version
 // Refer to the license.txt file included.
 
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <sstream>
 #include "common/break_points.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 
-#include <sstream>
-#include <algorithm>
-
-bool BreakPoints::IsAddressBreakPoint(u32 iAddress) const
-{
+bool BreakPoints::IsAddressBreakPoint(u32 iAddress) const {
     auto cond = [&iAddress](const TBreakPoint& bp) { return bp.iAddress == iAddress; };
     auto it = std::find_if(m_BreakPoints.begin(), m_BreakPoints.end(), cond);
     return it != m_BreakPoints.end();
 }
 
-bool BreakPoints::IsTempBreakPoint(u32 iAddress) const
-{
-    auto cond = [&iAddress](const TBreakPoint& bp) { return bp.iAddress == iAddress && bp.bTemporary; };
+bool BreakPoints::IsTempBreakPoint(u32 iAddress) const {
+    auto cond = [&iAddress](const TBreakPoint& bp) {
+        return bp.iAddress == iAddress && bp.bTemporary;
+    };
     auto it = std::find_if(m_BreakPoints.begin(), m_BreakPoints.end(), cond);
     return it != m_BreakPoints.end();
 }
 
-BreakPoints::TBreakPointsStr BreakPoints::GetStrings() const
-{
+BreakPoints::TBreakPointsStr BreakPoints::GetStrings() const {
     TBreakPointsStr bps;
-    for (auto breakpoint : m_BreakPoints)
-    {
-        if (!breakpoint.bTemporary)
-        {
+    for (auto breakpoint : m_BreakPoints) {
+        if (!breakpoint.bTemporary) {
             std::stringstream bp;
             bp << std::hex << breakpoint.iAddress << " " << (breakpoint.bOn ? "n" : "");
             bps.push_back(bp.str());
@@ -38,10 +34,8 @@ BreakPoints::TBreakPointsStr BreakPoints::GetStrings() const
     return bps;
 }
 
-void BreakPoints::AddFromStrings(const TBreakPointsStr& bps)
-{
-    for (auto bps_item : bps)
-    {
+void BreakPoints::AddFromStrings(const TBreakPointsStr& bps) {
+    for (auto bps_item : bps) {
         TBreakPoint bp;
         std::stringstream bpstr;
         bpstr << std::hex << bps_item;
@@ -52,18 +46,15 @@ void BreakPoints::AddFromStrings(const TBreakPointsStr& bps)
     }
 }
 
-void BreakPoints::Add(const TBreakPoint& bp)
-{
-    if (!IsAddressBreakPoint(bp.iAddress))
-    {
+void BreakPoints::Add(const TBreakPoint& bp) {
+    if (!IsAddressBreakPoint(bp.iAddress)) {
         m_BreakPoints.push_back(bp);
-        //if (jit)
+        // if (jit)
         //    jit->GetBlockCache()->InvalidateICache(bp.iAddress, 4);
     }
 }
 
-void BreakPoints::Add(u32 em_address, bool temp)
-{
+void BreakPoints::Add(u32 em_address, bool temp) {
     if (!IsAddressBreakPoint(em_address)) // only add new addresses
     {
         TBreakPoint pt; // breakpoint settings
@@ -73,22 +64,20 @@ void BreakPoints::Add(u32 em_address, bool temp)
 
         m_BreakPoints.push_back(pt);
 
-        //if (jit)
+        // if (jit)
         //    jit->GetBlockCache()->InvalidateICache(em_address, 4);
     }
 }
 
-void BreakPoints::Remove(u32 em_address)
-{
+void BreakPoints::Remove(u32 em_address) {
     auto cond = [&em_address](const TBreakPoint& bp) { return bp.iAddress == em_address; };
     auto it = std::find_if(m_BreakPoints.begin(), m_BreakPoints.end(), cond);
     if (it != m_BreakPoints.end())
         m_BreakPoints.erase(it);
 }
 
-void BreakPoints::Clear()
-{
-    //if (jit)
+void BreakPoints::Clear() {
+    // if (jit)
     //{
     //    std::for_each(m_BreakPoints.begin(), m_BreakPoints.end(),
     //        [](const TBreakPoint& bp)

src/common/break_points.h

@@ -4,28 +4,27 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#include <vector>
 #include <string>
-
+#include <vector>
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 
 class DebugInterface;
 
-struct TBreakPoint
-{
+struct TBreakPoint {
     u32 iAddress;
     bool bOn;
     bool bTemporary;
 };
 
 // Code breakpoints.
-class BreakPoints
-{
+class BreakPoints {
 public:
     typedef std::vector<TBreakPoint> TBreakPoints;
     typedef std::vector<std::string> TBreakPointsStr;
 
-    const TBreakPoints& GetBreakPoints() { return m_BreakPoints; }
+    const TBreakPoints& GetBreakPoints() {
+        return m_BreakPoints;
+    }
 
     TBreakPointsStr GetStrings() const;
     void AddFromStrings(const TBreakPointsStr& bps);
@@ -35,7 +34,7 @@ public:
     bool IsTempBreakPoint(u32 iAddress) const;
 
     // Add BreakPoint
-    void Add(u32 em_address, bool temp=false);
+    void Add(u32 em_address, bool temp = false);
     void Add(const TBreakPoint& bp);
 
     // Remove Breakpoint

src/common/chunk_file.h

@@ -35,78 +35,81 @@
 #include <type_traits>
 #include <utility>
 #include <vector>
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 
 template <class T>
-struct LinkedListItem : public T
-{
-    LinkedListItem<T> *next;
+struct LinkedListItem : public T {
+    LinkedListItem<T>* next;
 };
 
 class PointerWrap;
 
-class PointerWrapSection
-{
+class PointerWrapSection {
 public:
-    PointerWrapSection(PointerWrap &p, int ver, const char *title) : p_(p), ver_(ver), title_(title) {
-    }
+    PointerWrapSection(PointerWrap& p, int ver, const char* title)
+        : p_(p), ver_(ver), title_(title) {}
     ~PointerWrapSection();
 
-    bool operator == (const int &v) const { return ver_ == v; }
-    bool operator != (const int &v) const { return ver_ != v; }
-    bool operator <= (const int &v) const { return ver_ <= v; }
-    bool operator >= (const int &v) const { return ver_ >= v; }
-    bool operator <  (const int &v) const { return ver_ < v; }
-    bool operator >  (const int &v) const { return ver_ > v; }
+    bool operator==(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ == v;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ != v;
+    }
+    bool operator<=(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ <= v;
+    }
+    bool operator>=(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ >= v;
+    }
+    bool operator<(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ < v;
+    }
+    bool operator>(const int& v) const {
+        return ver_ > v;
+    }
 
     operator bool() const {
         return ver_ > 0;
     }
 
 private:
-    PointerWrap &p_;
+    PointerWrap& p_;
     int ver_;
-    const char *title_;
+    const char* title_;
 };
 
 // Wrapper class
-class PointerWrap
-{
-    // This makes it a compile error if you forget to define DoState() on non-POD.
-    // Which also can be a problem, for example struct tm is non-POD on linux, for whatever reason...
+class PointerWrap {
+// This makes it a compile error if you forget to define DoState() on non-POD.
+// Which also can be a problem, for example struct tm is non-POD on linux, for whatever reason...
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-    template<typename T, bool isPOD = std::is_pod<T>::value, bool isPointer = std::is_pointer<T>::value>
+    template <typename T, bool isPOD = std::is_pod<T>::value,
+              bool isPointer = std::is_pointer<T>::value>
 #else
-    template<typename T, bool isPOD = __is_pod(T), bool isPointer = std::is_pointer<T>::value>
+    template <typename T, bool isPOD = __is_pod(T), bool isPointer = std::is_pointer<T>::value>
 #endif
-    struct DoHelper
-    {
-        static void DoArray(PointerWrap *p, T *x, int count)
-        {
+    struct DoHelper {
+        static void DoArray(PointerWrap* p, T* x, int count) {
             for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
                 p->Do(x[i]);
         }
 
-        static void Do(PointerWrap *p, T &x)
-        {
+        static void Do(PointerWrap* p, T& x) {
             p->DoClass(x);
         }
     };
 
-    template<typename T>
-    struct DoHelper<T, true, false>
-    {
-        static void DoArray(PointerWrap *p, T *x, int count)
-        {
-            p->DoVoid((void *)x, sizeof(T) * count);
+    template <typename T>
+    struct DoHelper<T, true, false> {
+        static void DoArray(PointerWrap* p, T* x, int count) {
+            p->DoVoid((void*)x, sizeof(T) * count);
         }
 
-        static void Do(PointerWrap *p, T &x)
-        {
-            p->DoVoid((void *)&x, sizeof(x));
+        static void Do(PointerWrap* p, T& x) {
+            p->DoVoid((void*)&x, sizeof(x));
         }
     };
 
@@ -124,129 +127,140 @@ public:
         ERROR_FAILURE = 2,
     };
 
-    u8 **ptr;
+    u8** ptr;
     Mode mode;
     Error error;
 
 public:
-    PointerWrap(u8 **ptr_, Mode mode_) : ptr(ptr_), mode(mode_), error(ERROR_NONE) {}
-    PointerWrap(unsigned char **ptr_, int mode_) : ptr((u8**)ptr_), mode((Mode)mode_), error(ERROR_NONE) {}
+    PointerWrap(u8** ptr_, Mode mode_) : ptr(ptr_), mode(mode_), error(ERROR_NONE) {}
+    PointerWrap(unsigned char** ptr_, int mode_)
+        : ptr((u8**)ptr_), mode((Mode)mode_), error(ERROR_NONE) {}
 
-    PointerWrapSection Section(const char *title, int ver) {
+    PointerWrapSection Section(const char* title, int ver) {
         return Section(title, ver, ver);
     }
 
     // The returned object can be compared against the version that was loaded.
     // This can be used to support versions as old as minVer.
     // Version = 0 means the section was not found.
-    PointerWrapSection Section(const char *title, int minVer, int ver) {
+    PointerWrapSection Section(const char* title, int minVer, int ver) {
         char marker[16] = {0};
         int foundVersion = ver;
 
         strncpy(marker, title, sizeof(marker));
-        if (!ExpectVoid(marker, sizeof(marker)))
-        {
+        if (!ExpectVoid(marker, sizeof(marker))) {
             // Might be before we added name markers for safety.
             if (foundVersion == 1 && ExpectVoid(&foundVersion, sizeof(foundVersion)))
                 DoMarker(title);
             // Wasn't found, but maybe we can still load the state.
             else
                 foundVersion = 0;
-        }
-        else
+        } else
             Do(foundVersion);
 
         if (error == ERROR_FAILURE || foundVersion < minVer || foundVersion > ver) {
-            LOG_ERROR(Common, "Savestate failure: wrong version %d found for %s", foundVersion, title);
+            LOG_ERROR(Common, "Savestate failure: wrong version %d found for %s", foundVersion,
+                      title);
             SetError(ERROR_FAILURE);
             return PointerWrapSection(*this, -1, title);
         }
         return PointerWrapSection(*this, foundVersion, title);
     }
 
-    void SetMode(Mode mode_) {mode = mode_;}
-    Mode GetMode() const {return mode;}
-    u8 **GetPPtr() {return ptr;}
-    void SetError(Error error_)
-    {
+    void SetMode(Mode mode_) {
+        mode = mode_;
+    }
+    Mode GetMode() const {
+        return mode;
+    }
+    u8** GetPPtr() {
+        return ptr;
+    }
+    void SetError(Error error_) {
         if (error < error_)
             error = error_;
         if (error > ERROR_WARNING)
             mode = PointerWrap::MODE_MEASURE;
     }
 
-    bool ExpectVoid(void *data, int size)
-    {
+    bool ExpectVoid(void* data, int size) {
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:    if (memcmp(data, *ptr, size) != 0) return false; break;
-        case MODE_WRITE: memcpy(*ptr, data, size); break;
-        case MODE_MEASURE: break;  // MODE_MEASURE - don't need to do anything
+        case MODE_READ:
+            if (memcmp(data, *ptr, size) != 0)
+                return false;
+            break;
+        case MODE_WRITE:
+            memcpy(*ptr, data, size);
+            break;
+        case MODE_MEASURE:
+            break; // MODE_MEASURE - don't need to do anything
         case MODE_VERIFY:
             for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
-                DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG(((u8*)data)[i] == (*ptr)[i],
+                DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG(
+                    ((u8*)data)[i] == (*ptr)[i],
                     "Savestate verification failure: %d (0x%X) (at %p) != %d (0x%X) (at %p).\n",
-                    ((u8*)data)[i], ((u8*)data)[i], &((u8*)data)[i],
-                    (*ptr)[i], (*ptr)[i], &(*ptr)[i]);
+                    ((u8*)data)[i], ((u8*)data)[i], &((u8*)data)[i], (*ptr)[i], (*ptr)[i],
+                    &(*ptr)[i]);
             }
             break;
-        default: break;  // throw an error?
+        default:
+            break; // throw an error?
         }
         (*ptr) += size;
         return true;
     }
 
-    void DoVoid(void *data, int size)
-    {
+    void DoVoid(void* data, int size) {
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:    memcpy(data, *ptr, size); break;
-        case MODE_WRITE: memcpy(*ptr, data, size); break;
-        case MODE_MEASURE: break;  // MODE_MEASURE - don't need to do anything
+        case MODE_READ:
+            memcpy(data, *ptr, size);
+            break;
+        case MODE_WRITE:
+            memcpy(*ptr, data, size);
+            break;
+        case MODE_MEASURE:
+            break; // MODE_MEASURE - don't need to do anything
         case MODE_VERIFY:
             for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
-                DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG(((u8*)data)[i] == (*ptr)[i],
+                DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG(
+                    ((u8*)data)[i] == (*ptr)[i],
                     "Savestate verification failure: %d (0x%X) (at %p) != %d (0x%X) (at %p).\n",
-                    ((u8*)data)[i], ((u8*)data)[i], &((u8*)data)[i],
-                    (*ptr)[i], (*ptr)[i], &(*ptr)[i]);
+                    ((u8*)data)[i], ((u8*)data)[i], &((u8*)data)[i], (*ptr)[i], (*ptr)[i],
+                    &(*ptr)[i]);
             }
             break;
-        default: break;  // throw an error?
+        default:
+            break; // throw an error?
         }
         (*ptr) += size;
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void Do(std::map<K, T *> &x)
-    {
-        if (mode == MODE_READ)
-        {
-            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it)
-            {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void Do(std::map<K, T*>& x) {
+        if (mode == MODE_READ) {
+            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it) {
                 if (it->second != nullptr)
                     delete it->second;
             }
         }
-        T *dv = nullptr;
+        T* dv = nullptr;
         DoMap(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void Do(std::map<K, T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void Do(std::map<K, T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoMap(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void DoMap(std::map<K, T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void DoMap(std::map<K, T>& x, T& default_val) {
         unsigned int number = (unsigned int)x.size();
         Do(number);
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:
-            {
+        case MODE_READ: {
             x.clear();
-                while (number > 0)
-                {
+            while (number > 0) {
                 K first = K();
                 Do(first);
                 T second = default_val;
@@ -254,59 +268,48 @@ public:
                 x[first] = second;
                 --number;
             }
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
         case MODE_WRITE:
         case MODE_MEASURE:
-        case MODE_VERIFY:
-            {
+        case MODE_VERIFY: {
             typename std::map<K, T>::iterator itr = x.begin();
-                while (number > 0)
-                {
+            while (number > 0) {
                 K first = itr->first;
                 Do(first);
                 Do(itr->second);
                 --number;
                 ++itr;
             }
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
         }
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void Do(std::multimap<K, T *> &x)
-    {
-        if (mode == MODE_READ)
-        {
-            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it)
-            {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void Do(std::multimap<K, T*>& x) {
+        if (mode == MODE_READ) {
+            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it) {
                 if (it->second != nullptr)
                     delete it->second;
             }
         }
-        T *dv = nullptr;
+        T* dv = nullptr;
         DoMultimap(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void Do(std::multimap<K, T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void Do(std::multimap<K, T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoMultimap(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class K, class T>
-    void DoMultimap(std::multimap<K, T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class K, class T>
+    void DoMultimap(std::multimap<K, T>& x, T& default_val) {
         unsigned int number = (unsigned int)x.size();
         Do(number);
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:
-            {
+        case MODE_READ: {
             x.clear();
-                while (number > 0)
-                {
+            while (number > 0) {
                 K first = K();
                 Do(first);
                 T second = default_val;
@@ -314,57 +317,47 @@ public:
                 x.insert(std::make_pair(first, second));
                 --number;
             }
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
         case MODE_WRITE:
         case MODE_MEASURE:
-        case MODE_VERIFY:
-            {
+        case MODE_VERIFY: {
             typename std::multimap<K, T>::iterator itr = x.begin();
-                while (number > 0)
-                {
+            while (number > 0) {
                 Do(itr->first);
                 Do(itr->second);
                 --number;
                 ++itr;
             }
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
         }
     }
 
     // Store vectors.
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::vector<T *> &x)
-    {
-        T *dv = nullptr;
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::vector<T*>& x) {
+        T* dv = nullptr;
         DoVector(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::vector<T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::vector<T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoVector(x, dv);
     }
 
-
-    template<class T>
-    void DoPOD(std::vector<T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoPOD(std::vector<T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoVectorPOD(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::vector<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::vector<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         DoVector(x, default_val);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoVector(std::vector<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoVector(std::vector<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         u32 vec_size = (u32)x.size();
         Do(vec_size);
         x.resize(vec_size, default_val);
@@ -372,9 +365,8 @@ public:
             DoArray(&x[0], vec_size);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoVectorPOD(std::vector<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoVectorPOD(std::vector<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         u32 vec_size = (u32)x.size();
         Do(vec_size);
         x.resize(vec_size, default_val);
@@ -383,55 +375,48 @@ public:
     }
 
     // Store deques.
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::deque<T *> &x)
-    {
-        T *dv = nullptr;
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::deque<T*>& x) {
+        T* dv = nullptr;
         DoDeque(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::deque<T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::deque<T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoDeque(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoDeque(std::deque<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoDeque(std::deque<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         u32 deq_size = (u32)x.size();
         Do(deq_size);
         x.resize(deq_size, default_val);
         u32 i;
-        for(i = 0; i < deq_size; i++)
+        for (i = 0; i < deq_size; i++)
             Do(x[i]);
     }
 
     // Store STL lists.
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::list<T *> &x)
-    {
-        T *dv = nullptr;
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::list<T*>& x) {
+        T* dv = nullptr;
         Do(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::list<T> &x)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::list<T>& x) {
         T dv = T();
         DoList(x, dv);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(std::list<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(std::list<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         DoList(x, default_val);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoList(std::list<T> &x, T &default_val)
-    {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoList(std::list<T>& x, T& default_val) {
         u32 list_size = (u32)x.size();
         Do(list_size);
         x.resize(list_size, default_val);
@@ -441,15 +426,11 @@ public:
             Do(*itr);
     }
 
-
     // Store STL sets.
     template <class T>
-    void Do(std::set<T *> &x)
-    {
-        if (mode == MODE_READ)
-        {
-            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it)
-            {
+    void Do(std::set<T*>& x) {
+        if (mode == MODE_READ) {
+            for (auto it = x.begin(), end = x.end(); it != end; ++it) {
                 if (*it != nullptr)
                     delete *it;
             }
@@ -458,39 +439,31 @@ public:
     }
 
     template <class T>
-    void Do(std::set<T> &x)
-    {
+    void Do(std::set<T>& x) {
         DoSet(x);
     }
 
     template <class T>
-    void DoSet(std::set<T> &x)
-    {
+    void DoSet(std::set<T>& x) {
         unsigned int number = (unsigned int)x.size();
         Do(number);
 
-        switch (mode)
-        {
-        case MODE_READ:
-            {
+        switch (mode) {
+        case MODE_READ: {
             x.clear();
-                while (number-- > 0)
-                {
+            while (number-- > 0) {
                 T it = T();
                 Do(it);
                 x.insert(it);
             }
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
         case MODE_WRITE:
         case MODE_MEASURE:
-        case MODE_VERIFY:
-            {
+        case MODE_VERIFY: {
             typename std::set<T>::iterator itr = x.begin();
             while (number-- > 0)
                 Do(*itr++);
-            }
-            break;
+        } break;
 
         default:
             LOG_ERROR(Common, "Savestate error: invalid mode %d.", mode);
@@ -498,15 +471,19 @@ public:
     }
 
     // Store strings.
-    void Do(std::string &x)
-    {
+    void Do(std::string& x) {
         int stringLen = (int)x.length() + 1;
         Do(stringLen);
 
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:        x = (char*)*ptr; break;
-        case MODE_WRITE:    memcpy(*ptr, x.c_str(), stringLen); break;
-        case MODE_MEASURE: break;
+        case MODE_READ:
+            x = (char*)*ptr;
+            break;
+        case MODE_WRITE:
+            memcpy(*ptr, x.c_str(), stringLen);
+            break;
+        case MODE_MEASURE:
+            break;
         case MODE_VERIFY:
             DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG((x == (char*)*ptr),
                              "Savestate verification failure: \"%s\" != \"%s\" (at %p).\n",
@@ -516,15 +493,19 @@ public:
         (*ptr) += stringLen;
     }
 
-    void Do(std::wstring &x)
-    {
-        int stringLen = sizeof(wchar_t)*((int)x.length() + 1);
+    void Do(std::wstring& x) {
+        int stringLen = sizeof(wchar_t) * ((int)x.length() + 1);
         Do(stringLen);
 
         switch (mode) {
-        case MODE_READ:        x = (wchar_t*)*ptr; break;
-        case MODE_WRITE:    memcpy(*ptr, x.c_str(), stringLen); break;
-        case MODE_MEASURE: break;
+        case MODE_READ:
+            x = (wchar_t*)*ptr;
+            break;
+        case MODE_WRITE:
+            memcpy(*ptr, x.c_str(), stringLen);
+            break;
+        case MODE_MEASURE:
+            break;
         case MODE_VERIFY:
             DEBUG_ASSERT_MSG((x == (wchar_t*)*ptr),
                              "Savestate verification failure: \"%ls\" != \"%ls\" (at %p).\n",
@@ -534,15 +515,14 @@ public:
         (*ptr) += stringLen;
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoClass(T &x) {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoClass(T& x) {
         x.DoState(*this);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoClass(T *&x) {
-        if (mode == MODE_READ)
-        {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoClass(T*& x) {
+        if (mode == MODE_READ) {
             if (x != nullptr)
                 delete x;
             x = new T();
@@ -550,81 +530,70 @@ public:
         x->DoState(*this);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoArray(T *x, int count) {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoArray(T* x, int count) {
         DoHelper<T>::DoArray(this, x, count);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void Do(T &x) {
+    template <class T>
+    void Do(T& x) {
         DoHelper<T>::Do(this, x);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoPOD(T &x) {
+    template <class T>
+    void DoPOD(T& x) {
         DoHelper<T>::Do(this, x);
     }
 
-    template<class T>
-    void DoPointer(T* &x, T*const base) {
-        // pointers can be more than 2^31 apart, but you're using this function wrong if you need that much range
+    template <class T>
+    void DoPointer(T*& x, T* const base) {
+        // pointers can be more than 2^31 apart, but you're using this function wrong if you need
+        // that much range
         s32 offset = x - base;
         Do(offset);
         if (mode == MODE_READ)
             x = base + offset;
     }
 
-    template<class T, LinkedListItem<T>* (*TNew)(), void (*TFree)(LinkedListItem<T>*), void (*TDo)(PointerWrap&, T*)>
-    void DoLinkedList(LinkedListItem<T>*& list_start, LinkedListItem<T>** list_end = nullptr)
-    {
+    template <class T, LinkedListItem<T>* (*TNew)(), void (*TFree)(LinkedListItem<T>*),
+              void (*TDo)(PointerWrap&, T*)>
+    void DoLinkedList(LinkedListItem<T>*& list_start, LinkedListItem<T>** list_end = nullptr) {
         LinkedListItem<T>* list_cur = list_start;
         LinkedListItem<T>* prev = nullptr;
 
-        while (true)
-        {
+        while (true) {
             u8 shouldExist = (list_cur ? 1 : 0);
             Do(shouldExist);
-            if (shouldExist == 1)
-            {
+            if (shouldExist == 1) {
                 LinkedListItem<T>* cur = list_cur ? list_cur : TNew();
                 TDo(*this, (T*)cur);
-                if (!list_cur)
-                {
-                    if (mode == MODE_READ)
-                    {
+                if (!list_cur) {
+                    if (mode == MODE_READ) {
                         cur->next = nullptr;
                         list_cur = cur;
                         if (prev)
                             prev->next = cur;
                         else
                             list_start = cur;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
+                    } else {
                         TFree(cur);
                         continue;
                     }
                 }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if (mode == MODE_READ)
-                {
+            } else {
+                if (mode == MODE_READ) {
                     if (prev)
                         prev->next = nullptr;
                     if (list_end)
                         *list_end = prev;
-                    if (list_cur)
-                    {
+                    if (list_cur) {
                         if (list_start == list_cur)
                             list_start = nullptr;
-                        do
-                        {
+                        do {
                             LinkedListItem<T>* next = list_cur->next;
                             TFree(list_cur);
                             list_cur = next;
-                        }
-                        while (list_cur);
+                        } while (list_cur);
                     }
                 }
                 break;
@@ -634,13 +603,13 @@ public:
         }
     }
 
-    void DoMarker(const char* prevName, u32 arbitraryNumber=0x42)
-    {
+    void DoMarker(const char* prevName, u32 arbitraryNumber = 0x42) {
         u32 cookie = arbitraryNumber;
         Do(cookie);
-        if(mode == PointerWrap::MODE_READ && cookie != arbitraryNumber)
-        {
-            LOG_ERROR(Common, "After \"%s\", found %d (0x%X) instead of save marker %d (0x%X). Aborting savestate load...", prevName, cookie, cookie, arbitraryNumber, arbitraryNumber);
+        if (mode == PointerWrap::MODE_READ && cookie != arbitraryNumber) {
+            LOG_ERROR(Common, "After \"%s\", found %d (0x%X) instead of save marker %d (0x%X). "
+                              "Aborting savestate load...",
+                      prevName, cookie, cookie, arbitraryNumber, arbitraryNumber);
             SetError(ERROR_FAILURE);
         }
     }

src/common/code_block.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <cstddef>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/memory_util.h"
 
@@ -14,24 +13,27 @@
 // having to prefix them with gen-> or something similar.
 // Example implementation:
 // class JIT : public CodeBlock<ARMXEmitter> {}
-template<class T> class CodeBlock : public T, NonCopyable
-{
+template <class T>
+class CodeBlock : public T, NonCopyable {
 private:
     // A privately used function to set the executable RAM space to something invalid.
-    // For debugging usefulness it should be used to set the RAM to a host specific breakpoint instruction
+    // For debugging usefulness it should be used to set the RAM to a host specific breakpoint
+    // instruction
     virtual void PoisonMemory() = 0;
 
 protected:
-    u8 *region;
+    u8* region;
     size_t region_size;
 
 public:
     CodeBlock() : region(nullptr), region_size(0) {}
-    virtual ~CodeBlock() { if (region) FreeCodeSpace(); }
+    virtual ~CodeBlock() {
+        if (region)
+            FreeCodeSpace();
+    }
 
     // Call this before you generate any code.
-    void AllocCodeSpace(int size)
-    {
+    void AllocCodeSpace(int size) {
         region_size = size;
         region = (u8*)AllocateExecutableMemory(region_size);
         T::SetCodePtr(region);
@@ -39,15 +41,13 @@ public:
 
     // Always clear code space with breakpoints, so that if someone accidentally executes
     // uninitialized, it just breaks into the debugger.
-    void ClearCodeSpace()
-    {
+    void ClearCodeSpace() {
         PoisonMemory();
         ResetCodePtr();
     }
 
     // Call this when shutting down. Don't rely on the destructor, even though it'll do the job.
-    void FreeCodeSpace()
-    {
+    void FreeCodeSpace() {
 #ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
         ResetExecutableMemory(region);
 #else
@@ -57,33 +57,29 @@ public:
         region_size = 0;
     }
 
-    bool IsInSpace(const u8 *ptr)
-    {
+    bool IsInSpace(const u8* ptr) {
         return (ptr >= region) && (ptr < (region + region_size));
     }
 
     // Cannot currently be undone. Will write protect the entire code region.
     // Start over if you need to change the code (call FreeCodeSpace(), AllocCodeSpace()).
-    void WriteProtect()
-    {
+    void WriteProtect() {
         WriteProtectMemory(region, region_size, true);
     }
 
-    void ResetCodePtr()
-    {
+    void ResetCodePtr() {
         T::SetCodePtr(region);
     }
 
-    size_t GetSpaceLeft() const
-    {
+    size_t GetSpaceLeft() const {
         return region_size - (T::GetCodePtr() - region);
     }
 
-    u8 *GetBasePtr() {
+    u8* GetBasePtr() {
         return region;
     }
 
-    size_t GetOffset(const u8 *ptr) const {
+    size_t GetOffset(const u8* ptr) const {
         return ptr - region;
     }
 };

src/common/color.h

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ constexpr u8 Convert8To6(u8 value) {
  * @return Result color decoded as Math::Vec4<u8>
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGBA8(const u8* bytes) {
-    return { bytes[3], bytes[2], bytes[1], bytes[0] };
+    return {bytes[3], bytes[2], bytes[1], bytes[0]};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGBA8(const u8* bytes) {
  * @return Result color decoded as Math::Vec4<u8>
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB8(const u8* bytes) {
-    return { bytes[2], bytes[1], bytes[0], 255 };
+    return {bytes[2], bytes[1], bytes[0], 255};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB8(const u8* bytes) {
  * @return Result color decoded as Math::Vec4<u8>
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRG8(const u8* bytes) {
-    return { bytes[1], bytes[0], 0, 255 };
+    return {bytes[1], bytes[0], 0, 255};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRG8(const u8* bytes) {
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB565(const u8* bytes) {
     const u16_le pixel = *reinterpret_cast<const u16_le*>(bytes);
-    return { Convert5To8((pixel >> 11) & 0x1F), Convert6To8((pixel >> 5) & 0x3F),
-        Convert5To8(pixel & 0x1F), 255 };
+    return {Convert5To8((pixel >> 11) & 0x1F), Convert6To8((pixel >> 5) & 0x3F),
+            Convert5To8(pixel & 0x1F), 255};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB565(const u8* bytes) {
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB5A1(const u8* bytes) {
     const u16_le pixel = *reinterpret_cast<const u16_le*>(bytes);
-    return { Convert5To8((pixel >> 11) & 0x1F), Convert5To8((pixel >> 6) & 0x1F),
-        Convert5To8((pixel >> 1) & 0x1F), Convert1To8(pixel & 0x1) };
+    return {Convert5To8((pixel >> 11) & 0x1F), Convert5To8((pixel >> 6) & 0x1F),
+            Convert5To8((pixel >> 1) & 0x1F), Convert1To8(pixel & 0x1)};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGB5A1(const u8* bytes) {
  */
 inline const Math::Vec4<u8> DecodeRGBA4(const u8* bytes) {
     const u16_le pixel = *reinterpret_cast<const u16_le*>(bytes);
-    return { Convert4To8((pixel >> 12) & 0xF), Convert4To8((pixel >> 8) & 0xF),
-        Convert4To8((pixel >> 4) & 0xF), Convert4To8(pixel & 0xF) };
+    return {Convert4To8((pixel >> 12) & 0xF), Convert4To8((pixel >> 8) & 0xF),
+            Convert4To8((pixel >> 4) & 0xF), Convert4To8(pixel & 0xF)};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ inline u32 DecodeD24(const u8* bytes) {
  * @return Resulting values stored as a Math::Vec2
  */
 inline const Math::Vec2<u32> DecodeD24S8(const u8* bytes) {
-    return { static_cast<u32>((bytes[2] << 16) | (bytes[1] << 8) | bytes[0]), bytes[3] };
+    return {static_cast<u32>((bytes[2] << 16) | (bytes[1] << 8) | bytes[0]), bytes[3]};
 }
 
 /**
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ inline void EncodeRG8(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
  * @param bytes Destination pointer to store encoded color
  */
 inline void EncodeRGB565(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
-    *reinterpret_cast<u16_le*>(bytes) = (Convert8To5(color.r()) << 11) |
-        (Convert8To6(color.g()) << 5) | Convert8To5(color.b());
+    *reinterpret_cast<u16_le*>(bytes) =
+        (Convert8To5(color.r()) << 11) | (Convert8To6(color.g()) << 5) | Convert8To5(color.b());
 }
 
 /**
@@ -186,7 +186,8 @@ inline void EncodeRGB565(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
  */
 inline void EncodeRGB5A1(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
     *reinterpret_cast<u16_le*>(bytes) = (Convert8To5(color.r()) << 11) |
-        (Convert8To5(color.g()) << 6) | (Convert8To5(color.b()) << 1) | Convert8To1(color.a());
+                                        (Convert8To5(color.g()) << 6) |
+                                        (Convert8To5(color.b()) << 1) | Convert8To1(color.a());
 }
 
 /**
@@ -196,7 +197,8 @@ inline void EncodeRGB5A1(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
  */
 inline void EncodeRGBA4(const Math::Vec4<u8>& color, u8* bytes) {
     *reinterpret_cast<u16_le*>(bytes) = (Convert8To4(color.r()) << 12) |
-        (Convert8To4(color.g()) << 8) | (Convert8To4(color.b()) << 4) | Convert8To4(color.a());
+                                        (Convert8To4(color.g()) << 8) |
+                                        (Convert8To4(color.b()) << 4) | Convert8To4(color.a());
 }
 
 /**

src/common/common_funcs.h

@@ -7,14 +7,13 @@
 #if !defined(ARCHITECTURE_x86_64) && !defined(_M_ARM)
 #include <cstdlib> // for exit
 #endif
-
 #include "common_types.h"
 
 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]))
 
 /// Textually concatenates two tokens. The double-expansion is required by the C preprocessor.
 #define CONCAT2(x, y) DO_CONCAT2(x, y)
-#define DO_CONCAT2(x, y) x ## y
+#define DO_CONCAT2(x, y) x##y
 
 // helper macro to properly align structure members.
 // Calling INSERT_PADDING_BYTES will add a new member variable with a name like "pad121",
@@ -24,9 +23,9 @@
 
 // Inlining
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    #define FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
+#define FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
 #else
-    #define FORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__((always_inline))
+#define FORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__((always_inline))
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _MSC_VER
@@ -46,7 +45,8 @@
 #else
 inline u32 rotl(u32 x, int shift) {
     shift &= 31;
-    if (!shift) return x;
+    if (!shift)
+        return x;
     return (x << shift) | (x >> (32 - shift));
 }
 #endif
@@ -56,17 +56,18 @@ inline u32 rotl(u32 x, int shift) {
 #else
 inline u32 rotr(u32 x, int shift) {
     shift &= 31;
-    if (!shift) return x;
+    if (!shift)
+        return x;
     return (x >> shift) | (x << (32 - shift));
 }
 #endif
 
-inline u64 _rotl64(u64 x, unsigned int shift){
+inline u64 _rotl64(u64 x, unsigned int shift) {
     unsigned int n = shift % 64;
     return (x << n) | (x >> (64 - n));
 }
 
-inline u64 _rotr64(u64 x, unsigned int shift){
+inline u64 _rotr64(u64 x, unsigned int shift) {
     unsigned int n = shift % 64;
     return (x >> n) | (x << (64 - n));
 }
@@ -74,17 +75,17 @@ inline u64 _rotr64(u64 x, unsigned int shift){
 #else // _MSC_VER
 
 #if (_MSC_VER < 1900)
-    // Function Cross-Compatibility
-    #define snprintf _snprintf
+// Function Cross-Compatibility
+#define snprintf _snprintf
 #endif
 
 // Locale Cross-Compatibility
 #define locale_t _locale_t
 
 extern "C" {
-    __declspec(dllimport) void __stdcall DebugBreak(void);
+__declspec(dllimport) void __stdcall DebugBreak(void);
 }
-#define Crash() {DebugBreak();}
+#define Crash() DebugBreak()
 
 // cstdlib provides these on MSVC
 #define rotr _rotr

src/common/common_paths.h

@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@
 #define ROOT_DIR "."
 #define USERDATA_DIR "user"
 #ifdef USER_DIR
-    #define EMU_DATA_DIR USER_DIR
+#define EMU_DATA_DIR USER_DIR
 #else
-    #ifdef _WIN32
-        #define EMU_DATA_DIR "Citra Emulator"
-    #else
-        #define EMU_DATA_DIR "citra-emu"
-    #endif
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define EMU_DATA_DIR "Citra Emulator"
+#else
+#define EMU_DATA_DIR "citra-emu"
+#endif
 #endif
 
 // Dirs in both User and Sys

src/common/emu_window.cpp

@@ -4,10 +4,8 @@
 
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cmath>
-
 #include "common/assert.h"
 #include "common/key_map.h"
-
 #include "emu_window.h"
 #include "video_core/video_core.h"
 
@@ -44,18 +42,17 @@ void EmuWindow::CirclePadUpdated(float x, float y) {
  */
 static bool IsWithinTouchscreen(const EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout& layout, unsigned framebuffer_x,
                                 unsigned framebuffer_y) {
-    return (framebuffer_y >= layout.bottom_screen.top    &&
-            framebuffer_y <  layout.bottom_screen.bottom &&
-            framebuffer_x >= layout.bottom_screen.left   &&
-            framebuffer_x <  layout.bottom_screen.right);
+    return (
+        framebuffer_y >= layout.bottom_screen.top && framebuffer_y < layout.bottom_screen.bottom &&
+        framebuffer_x >= layout.bottom_screen.left && framebuffer_x < layout.bottom_screen.right);
 }
 
-std::tuple<unsigned,unsigned> EmuWindow::ClipToTouchScreen(unsigned new_x, unsigned new_y) {
+std::tuple<unsigned, unsigned> EmuWindow::ClipToTouchScreen(unsigned new_x, unsigned new_y) {
     new_x = std::max(new_x, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.left);
-    new_x = std::min(new_x, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.right-1);
+    new_x = std::min(new_x, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.right - 1);
 
     new_y = std::max(new_y, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.top);
-    new_y = std::min(new_y, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.bottom-1);
+    new_y = std::min(new_y, framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.bottom - 1);
 
     return std::make_tuple(new_x, new_y);
 }
@@ -64,9 +61,11 @@ void EmuWindow::TouchPressed(unsigned framebuffer_x, unsigned framebuffer_y) {
     if (!IsWithinTouchscreen(framebuffer_layout, framebuffer_x, framebuffer_y))
         return;
 
-    touch_x = VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth * (framebuffer_x - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.left) /
+    touch_x = VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth *
+              (framebuffer_x - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.left) /
               (framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.right - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.left);
-    touch_y = VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight * (framebuffer_y - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.top) /
+    touch_y = VideoCore::kScreenBottomHeight *
+              (framebuffer_y - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.top) /
               (framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.bottom - framebuffer_layout.bottom_screen.top);
 
     touch_pressed = true;
@@ -90,16 +89,19 @@ void EmuWindow::TouchMoved(unsigned framebuffer_x, unsigned framebuffer_y) {
     TouchPressed(framebuffer_x, framebuffer_y);
 }
 
-EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(unsigned width, unsigned height) {
+EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(unsigned width,
+                                                                               unsigned height) {
     // When hiding the widget, the function receives a size of 0
-    if (width == 0) width = 1;
-    if (height == 0) height = 1;
+    if (width == 0)
+        width = 1;
+    if (height == 0)
+        height = 1;
 
-    EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout res = { width, height, {}, {} };
+    EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout res = {width, height, {}, {}};
 
     float window_aspect_ratio = static_cast<float>(height) / width;
-    float emulation_aspect_ratio = static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight * 2) /
-        VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth;
+    float emulation_aspect_ratio =
+        static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenTopHeight * 2) / VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth;
 
     if (window_aspect_ratio > emulation_aspect_ratio) {
         // Window is narrower than the emulation content => apply borders to the top and bottom
@@ -110,8 +112,9 @@ EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(u
         res.top_screen.top = (height - viewport_height) / 2;
         res.top_screen.bottom = res.top_screen.top + viewport_height / 2;
 
-        int bottom_width = static_cast<int>((static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth) /
-            VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth) * (res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left));
+        int bottom_width = static_cast<int>(
+            (static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth) / VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth) *
+            (res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left));
         int bottom_border = ((res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left) - bottom_width) / 2;
 
         res.bottom_screen.left = bottom_border;
@@ -127,8 +130,9 @@ EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout EmuWindow::FramebufferLayout::DefaultScreenLayout(u
         res.top_screen.top = 0;
         res.top_screen.bottom = res.top_screen.top + height / 2;
 
-        int bottom_width = static_cast<int>((static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth) /
-            VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth) * (res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left));
+        int bottom_width = static_cast<int>(
+            (static_cast<float>(VideoCore::kScreenBottomWidth) / VideoCore::kScreenTopWidth) *
+            (res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left));
         int bottom_border = ((res.top_screen.right - res.top_screen.left) - bottom_width) / 2;
 
         res.bottom_screen.left = res.top_screen.left + bottom_border;

src/common/emu_window.h

@@ -6,10 +6,8 @@
 
 #include <tuple>
 #include <utility>
-
 #include "common/common_types.h"
 #include "common/math_util.h"
-
 #include "core/hle/service/hid/hid.h"
 
 /**
@@ -30,15 +28,14 @@
  * - DO NOT TREAT THIS CLASS AS A GUI TOOLKIT ABSTRACTION LAYER. That's not what it is. Please
  *   re-read the upper points again and think about it if you don't see this.
  */
-class EmuWindow
-{
+class EmuWindow {
 public:
     /// Data structure to store emuwindow configuration
     struct WindowConfig {
         bool fullscreen;
         int res_width;
         int res_height;
-        std::pair<unsigned,unsigned> min_client_area_size;
+        std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> min_client_area_size;
     };
 
     /// Describes the layout of the window framebuffer (size and top/bottom screen positions)
@@ -193,15 +190,18 @@ public:
 
     /**
      * Returns currently active configuration.
-     * @note Accesses to the returned object need not be consistent because it may be modified in another thread
+     * @note Accesses to the returned object need not be consistent because it may be modified in
+     * another thread
      */
     const WindowConfig& GetActiveConfig() const {
         return active_config;
     }
 
     /**
-     * Requests the internal configuration to be replaced by the specified argument at some point in the future.
-     * @note This method is thread-safe, because it delays configuration changes to the GUI event loop. Hence there is no guarantee on when the requested configuration will be active.
+     * Requests the internal configuration to be replaced by the specified argument at some point in
+     * the future.
+     * @note This method is thread-safe, because it delays configuration changes to the GUI event
+     * loop. Hence there is no guarantee on when the requested configuration will be active.
      */
     void SetConfig(const WindowConfig& val) {
         config = val;
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ protected:
      * Update internal client area size with the given parameter.
      * @note EmuWindow implementations will usually use this in window resize event handlers.
      */
-    void NotifyClientAreaSizeChanged(const std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>& size) {
+    void NotifyClientAreaSizeChanged(const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& size) {
         client_area_width = size.first;
         client_area_height = size.second;
     }
@@ -266,9 +266,11 @@ protected:
 private:
     /**
      * Handler called when the minimal client area was requested to be changed via SetConfig.
-     * For the request to be honored, EmuWindow implementations will usually reimplement this function.
+     * For the request to be honored, EmuWindow implementations will usually reimplement this
+     * function.
      */
-    virtual void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(const std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>& minimal_size) {
+    virtual void OnMinimalClientAreaChangeRequest(
+        const std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>& minimal_size) {
         // By default, ignore this request and do nothing.
     }
 
@@ -277,7 +279,8 @@ private:
     unsigned client_area_width;  ///< Current client width, should be set by window impl.
     unsigned client_area_height; ///< Current client height, should be set by window impl.
 
-    WindowConfig config;         ///< Internal configuration (changes pending for being applied in ProcessConfigurationChanges)
+    WindowConfig config;        ///< Internal configuration (changes pending for being applied in
+                                /// ProcessConfigurationChanges)
     WindowConfig active_config; ///< Internal active configuration
 
     bool touch_pressed; ///< True if touchpad area is currently pressed, otherwise false
@@ -291,7 +294,7 @@ private:
     /**
      * Clip the provided coordinates to be inside the touchscreen area.
      */
-    std::tuple<unsigned,unsigned> ClipToTouchScreen(unsigned new_x, unsigned new_y);
+    std::tuple<unsigned, unsigned> ClipToTouchScreen(unsigned new_x, unsigned new_y);
 
     Service::HID::PadState pad_state;
 };

src/common/file_util.cpp

@@ -9,66 +9,63 @@
 #include "common/logging/log.h"
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    #include <windows.h>
-    #include <shlobj.h> // for SHGetFolderPath
-    #include <shellapi.h>
-    #include <commdlg.h> // for GetSaveFileName
-    #include <io.h>
-    #include <direct.h> // getcwd
-    #include <tchar.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+// windows.h needs to be included before other windows headers
+#include <commdlg.h> // for GetSaveFileName
+#include <direct.h>  // getcwd
+#include <io.h>
+#include <shellapi.h>
+#include <shlobj.h> // for SHGetFolderPath
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include "common/string_util.h"
 
-    #include "common/string_util.h"
-
-    // 64 bit offsets for windows
-    #define fseeko _fseeki64
-    #define ftello _ftelli64
-    #define atoll _atoi64
-    #define stat64 _stat64
-    #define fstat64 _fstat64
-    #define fileno _fileno
+// 64 bit offsets for windows
+#define fseeko _fseeki64
+#define ftello _ftelli64
+#define atoll _atoi64
+#define stat64 _stat64
+#define fstat64 _fstat64
+#define fileno _fileno
 #else
-    #ifdef __APPLE__
-        #include <sys/param.h>
-    #endif
-    #include <cctype>
-    #include <cerrno>
-    #include <cstdlib>
-    #include <cstring>
-    #include <dirent.h>
-    #include <pwd.h>
-    #include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <cctype>
+#include <cerrno>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined(__APPLE__)
-    #include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
-    #include <CoreFoundation/CFURL.h>
-    #include <CoreFoundation/CFBundle.h>
+#include <CoreFoundation/CFBundle.h>
+#include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
+#include <CoreFoundation/CFURL.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
 #ifndef S_ISDIR
-    #define S_ISDIR(m)  (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef BSD4_4
-    #define stat64 stat
-    #define fstat64 fstat
+#define stat64 stat
+#define fstat64 fstat
 #endif
 
 // This namespace has various generic functions related to files and paths.
 // The code still needs a ton of cleanup.
 // REMEMBER: strdup considered harmful!
-namespace FileUtil
-{
+namespace FileUtil {
 
 // Remove any ending forward slashes from directory paths
 // Modifies argument.
-static void StripTailDirSlashes(std::string &fname)
-{
-    if (fname.length() > 1)
-    {
+static void StripTailDirSlashes(std::string& fname) {
+    if (fname.length() > 1) {
         size_t i = fname.length();
         while (i > 0 && fname[i - 1] == DIR_SEP_CHR)
             --i;
@@ -78,8 +75,7 @@ static void StripTailDirSlashes(std::string &fname)
 }
 
 // Returns true if file filename exists
-bool Exists(const std::string &filename)
-{
+bool Exists(const std::string& filename) {
     struct stat64 file_info;
 
     std::string copy(filename);
@@ -99,8 +95,7 @@ bool Exists(const std::string &filename)
 }
 
 // Returns true if filename is a directory
-bool IsDirectory(const std::string &filename)
-{
+bool IsDirectory(const std::string& filename) {
     struct stat64 file_info;
 
     std::string copy(filename);
@@ -117,8 +112,8 @@ bool IsDirectory(const std::string &filename)
 #endif
 
     if (result < 0) {
-        LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "stat failed on %s: %s",
-                 filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "stat failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
+                    GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -127,36 +122,32 @@ bool IsDirectory(const std::string &filename)
 
 // Deletes a given filename, return true on success
 // Doesn't supports deleting a directory
-bool Delete(const std::string &filename)
-{
+bool Delete(const std::string& filename) {
     LOG_INFO(Common_Filesystem, "file %s", filename.c_str());
 
     // Return true because we care about the file no
     // being there, not the actual delete.
-    if (!Exists(filename))
-    {
+    if (!Exists(filename)) {
         LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "%s does not exist", filename.c_str());
         return true;
     }
 
     // We can't delete a directory
-    if (IsDirectory(filename))
-    {
+    if (IsDirectory(filename)) {
         LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "Failed: %s is a directory", filename.c_str());
         return false;
     }
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    if (!DeleteFileW(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(filename).c_str()))
-    {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "DeleteFile failed on %s: %s",
-                 filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    if (!DeleteFileW(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(filename).c_str())) {
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "DeleteFile failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
+                  GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 #else
     if (unlink(filename.c_str()) == -1) {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "unlink failed on %s: %s",
-                 filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "unlink failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
+                  GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 #endif
@@ -165,16 +156,15 @@ bool Delete(const std::string &filename)
 }
 
 // Returns true if successful, or path already exists.
-bool CreateDir(const std::string &path)
-{
+bool CreateDir(const std::string& path) {
     LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "directory %s", path.c_str());
 #ifdef _WIN32
     if (::CreateDirectoryW(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(path).c_str(), nullptr))
         return true;
     DWORD error = GetLastError();
-    if (error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
-    {
-        LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "CreateDirectory failed on %s: already exists", path.c_str());
+    if (error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS) {
+        LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "CreateDirectory failed on %s: already exists",
+                    path.c_str());
         return true;
     }
     LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "CreateDirectory failed on %s: %i", path.c_str(), error);
@@ -185,8 +175,7 @@ bool CreateDir(const std::string &path)
 
     int err = errno;
 
-    if (err == EEXIST)
-    {
+    if (err == EEXIST) {
         LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "mkdir failed on %s: already exists", path.c_str());
         return true;
     }
@@ -197,20 +186,17 @@ bool CreateDir(const std::string &path)
 }
 
 // Creates the full path of fullPath returns true on success
-bool CreateFullPath(const std::string &fullPath)
-{
+bool CreateFullPath(const std::string& fullPath) {
     int panicCounter = 100;
     LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "path %s", fullPath.c_str());
 
-    if (FileUtil::Exists(fullPath))
-    {
+    if (FileUtil::Exists(fullPath)) {
         LOG_WARNING(Common_Filesystem, "path exists %s", fullPath.c_str());
         return true;
     }
 
     size_t position = 0;
-    while (true)
-    {
+    while (true) {
         // Find next sub path
         position = fullPath.find(DIR_SEP_CHR, position);
 
@@ -227,8 +213,7 @@ bool CreateFullPath(const std::string &fullPath)
 
         // A safety check
         panicCounter--;
-        if (panicCounter <= 0)
-        {
+        if (panicCounter <= 0) {
             LOG_ERROR(Common, "CreateFullPath: directory structure is too deep");
             return false;
         }
@@ -236,15 +221,12 @@ bool CreateFullPath(const std::string &fullPath)
     }
 }
 
-
 // Deletes a directory filename, returns true on success
-bool DeleteDir(const std::string &filename)
-{
+bool DeleteDir(const std::string& filename) {
     LOG_INFO(Common_Filesystem, "directory %s", filename.c_str());
 
     // check if a directory
-    if (!FileUtil::IsDirectory(filename))
-    {
+    if (!FileUtil::IsDirectory(filename)) {
         LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "Not a directory %s", filename.c_str());
         return false;
     }
@@ -262,71 +244,63 @@ bool DeleteDir(const std::string &filename)
 }
 
 // renames file srcFilename to destFilename, returns true on success
-bool Rename(const std::string &srcFilename, const std::string &destFilename)
-{
-    LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s --> %s",
-            srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str());
+bool Rename(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename) {
+    LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s --> %s", srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str());
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    if (_wrename(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(srcFilename).c_str(), Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(destFilename).c_str()) == 0)
+    if (_wrename(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(srcFilename).c_str(),
+                 Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(destFilename).c_str()) == 0)
         return true;
 #else
     if (rename(srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str()) == 0)
         return true;
 #endif
-    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s --> %s: %s",
-              srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(),
+              GetLastErrorMsg());
     return false;
 }
 
 // copies file srcFilename to destFilename, returns true on success
-bool Copy(const std::string &srcFilename, const std::string &destFilename)
-{
-    LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s --> %s",
-            srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str());
+bool Copy(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename) {
+    LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s --> %s", srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str());
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    if (CopyFileW(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(srcFilename).c_str(), Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(destFilename).c_str(), FALSE))
+    if (CopyFileW(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(srcFilename).c_str(),
+                  Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(destFilename).c_str(), FALSE))
         return true;
 
-    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s --> %s: %s",
-            srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(),
+              GetLastErrorMsg());
     return false;
 #else
 
-    // buffer size
+// buffer size
 #define BSIZE 1024
 
     char buffer[BSIZE];
 
     // Open input file
-    FILE *input = fopen(srcFilename.c_str(), "rb");
-    if (!input)
-    {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "opening input failed %s --> %s: %s",
-                srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    FILE* input = fopen(srcFilename.c_str(), "rb");
+    if (!input) {
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "opening input failed %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(),
+                  destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 
     // open output file
-    FILE *output = fopen(destFilename.c_str(), "wb");
-    if (!output)
-    {
+    FILE* output = fopen(destFilename.c_str(), "wb");
+    if (!output) {
         fclose(input);
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "opening output failed %s --> %s: %s",
-                srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "opening output failed %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(),
+                  destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 
     // copy loop
-    while (!feof(input))
-    {
+    while (!feof(input)) {
         // read input
         int rnum = fread(buffer, sizeof(char), BSIZE, input);
-        if (rnum != BSIZE)
-        {
-            if (ferror(input) != 0)
-            {
-                LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem,
-                        "failed reading from source, %s --> %s: %s",
+        if (rnum != BSIZE) {
+            if (ferror(input) != 0) {
+                LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed reading from source, %s --> %s: %s",
                           srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
                 goto bail;
             }
@@ -334,10 +308,8 @@ bool Copy(const std::string &srcFilename, const std::string &destFilename)
 
         // write output
         int wnum = fwrite(buffer, sizeof(char), rnum, output);
-        if (wnum != rnum)
-        {
-            LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem,
-                    "failed writing to output, %s --> %s: %s",
+        if (wnum != rnum) {
+            LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed writing to output, %s --> %s: %s",
                       srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
             goto bail;
         }
@@ -356,16 +328,13 @@ bail:
 }
 
 // Returns the size of filename (64bit)
-u64 GetSize(const std::string &filename)
-{
-    if (!Exists(filename))
-    {
+u64 GetSize(const std::string& filename) {
+    if (!Exists(filename)) {
         LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s: No such file", filename.c_str());
         return 0;
     }
 
-    if (IsDirectory(filename))
-    {
+    if (IsDirectory(filename)) {
         LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s: is a directory", filename.c_str());
         return 0;
     }
@@ -377,65 +346,54 @@ u64 GetSize(const std::string &filename)
     if (stat64(filename.c_str(), &buf) == 0)
 #endif
     {
-        LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s: %lld",
-                filename.c_str(), (long long)buf.st_size);
+        LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s: %lld", filename.c_str(), (long long)buf.st_size);
         return buf.st_size;
     }
 
-    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "Stat failed %s: %s",
-            filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "Stat failed %s: %s", filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
     return 0;
 }
 
 // Overloaded GetSize, accepts file descriptor
-u64 GetSize(const int fd)
-{
+u64 GetSize(const int fd) {
     struct stat64 buf;
     if (fstat64(fd, &buf) != 0) {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: stat failed %i: %s",
-            fd, GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: stat failed %i: %s", fd, GetLastErrorMsg());
         return 0;
     }
     return buf.st_size;
 }
 
 // Overloaded GetSize, accepts FILE*
-u64 GetSize(FILE *f)
-{
+u64 GetSize(FILE* f) {
     // can't use off_t here because it can be 32-bit
     u64 pos = ftello(f);
     if (fseeko(f, 0, SEEK_END) != 0) {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s",
-              f, GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s", f, GetLastErrorMsg());
         return 0;
     }
     u64 size = ftello(f);
     if ((size != pos) && (fseeko(f, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)) {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s",
-              f, GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s", f, GetLastErrorMsg());
         return 0;
     }
     return size;
 }
 
 // creates an empty file filename, returns true on success
-bool CreateEmptyFile(const std::string &filename)
-{
+bool CreateEmptyFile(const std::string& filename) {
     LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "%s", filename.c_str());
 
-    if (!FileUtil::IOFile(filename, "wb"))
-    {
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s: %s",
-                  filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
+    if (!FileUtil::IOFile(filename, "wb")) {
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "failed %s: %s", filename.c_str(), GetLastErrorMsg());
         return false;
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
-
-bool ForeachDirectoryEntry(unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string &directory, DirectoryEntryCallable callback)
-{
+bool ForeachDirectoryEntry(unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string& directory,
+                           DirectoryEntryCallable callback) {
     LOG_TRACE(Common_Filesystem, "directory %s", directory.c_str());
 
     // How many files + directories we found
@@ -457,7 +415,7 @@ bool ForeachDirectoryEntry(unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string &directo
     do {
         const std::string virtual_name(Common::UTF16ToUTF8(ffd.cFileName));
 #else
-    DIR *dirp = opendir(directory.c_str());
+    DIR* dirp = opendir(directory.c_str());
     if (!dirp)
         return false;
 
@@ -493,8 +451,8 @@ bool ForeachDirectoryEntry(unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string &directo
     return true;
 }
 
-unsigned ScanDirectoryTree(const std::string &directory, FSTEntry& parent_entry, unsigned int recursion)
-{
+unsigned ScanDirectoryTree(const std::string& directory, FSTEntry& parent_entry,
+                           unsigned int recursion) {
     const auto callback = [recursion, &parent_entry](unsigned* num_entries_out,
                                                      const std::string& directory,
                                                      const std::string& virtual_name) -> bool {
@@ -526,11 +484,8 @@ unsigned ScanDirectoryTree(const std::string &directory, FSTEntry& parent_entry,
     return ForeachDirectoryEntry(&num_entries, directory, callback) ? num_entries : 0;
 }
 
-
-bool DeleteDirRecursively(const std::string &directory, unsigned int recursion)
-{
-    const auto callback = [recursion](unsigned* num_entries_out,
-                                      const std::string& directory,
+bool DeleteDirRecursively(const std::string& directory, unsigned int recursion) {
+    const auto callback = [recursion](unsigned* num_entries_out, const std::string& directory,
                                       const std::string& virtual_name) -> bool {
         std::string new_path = directory + DIR_SEP_CHR + virtual_name;
 
@@ -551,53 +506,53 @@ bool DeleteDirRecursively(const std::string &directory, unsigned int recursion)
 }
 
 // Create directory and copy contents (does not overwrite existing files)
-void CopyDir(const std::string &source_path, const std::string &dest_path)
-{
+void CopyDir(const std::string& source_path, const std::string& dest_path) {
 #ifndef _WIN32
-    if (source_path == dest_path) return;
-    if (!FileUtil::Exists(source_path)) return;
-    if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest_path)) FileUtil::CreateFullPath(dest_path);
+    if (source_path == dest_path)
+        return;
+    if (!FileUtil::Exists(source_path))
+        return;
+    if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest_path))
+        FileUtil::CreateFullPath(dest_path);
 
-    DIR *dirp = opendir(source_path.c_str());
-    if (!dirp) return;
+    DIR* dirp = opendir(source_path.c_str());
+    if (!dirp)
+        return;
 
     while (struct dirent* result = readdir(dirp)) {
         const std::string virtualName(result->d_name);
         // check for "." and ".."
         if (((virtualName[0] == '.') && (virtualName[1] == '\0')) ||
-            ((virtualName[0] == '.') && (virtualName[1] == '.') &&
-            (virtualName[2] == '\0')))
+            ((virtualName[0] == '.') && (virtualName[1] == '.') && (virtualName[2] == '\0')))
             continue;
 
         std::string source, dest;
         source = source_path + virtualName;
         dest = dest_path + virtualName;
-        if (IsDirectory(source))
-        {
+        if (IsDirectory(source)) {
             source += '/';
             dest += '/';
-            if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest)) FileUtil::CreateFullPath(dest);
+            if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest))
+                FileUtil::CreateFullPath(dest);
             CopyDir(source, dest);
-        }
-        else if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest)) FileUtil::Copy(source, dest);
+        } else if (!FileUtil::Exists(dest))
+            FileUtil::Copy(source, dest);
     }
     closedir(dirp);
 #endif
 }
 
 // Returns the current directory
-std::string GetCurrentDir()
-{
-    // Get the current working directory (getcwd uses malloc)
+std::string GetCurrentDir() {
+// Get the current working directory (getcwd uses malloc)
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    wchar_t *dir;
+    wchar_t* dir;
     if (!(dir = _wgetcwd(nullptr, 0))) {
 #else
-    char *dir;
+    char* dir;
     if (!(dir = getcwd(nullptr, 0))) {
 #endif
-        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetCurrentDirectory failed: %s",
-                GetLastErrorMsg());
+        LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "GetCurrentDirectory failed: %s", GetLastErrorMsg());
         return nullptr;
     }
 #ifdef _WIN32
@@ -610,8 +565,7 @@ std::string GetCurrentDir()
 }
 
 // Sets the current directory to the given directory
-bool SetCurrentDir(const std::string &directory)
-{
+bool SetCurrentDir(const std::string& directory) {
 #ifdef _WIN32
     return _wchdir(Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(directory).c_str()) == 0;
 #else
@@ -620,8 +574,7 @@ bool SetCurrentDir(const std::string &directory)
 }
 
 #if defined(__APPLE__)
-std::string GetBundleDirectory()
-{
+std::string GetBundleDirectory() {
     CFURLRef BundleRef;
     char AppBundlePath[MAXPATHLEN];
     // Get the main bundle for the app
@@ -636,11 +589,9 @@ std::string GetBundleDirectory()
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
-std::string& GetExeDirectory()
-{
+std::string& GetExeDirectory() {
     static std::string exe_path;
-    if (exe_path.empty())
-    {
+    if (exe_path.empty()) {
         wchar_t wchar_exe_path[2048];
         GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, wchar_exe_path, 2048);
         exe_path = Common::UTF16ToUTF8(wchar_exe_path);
@@ -660,7 +611,8 @@ static const std::string& GetHomeDirectory() {
             home_path = envvar;
         } else {
             auto pw = getpwuid(getuid());
-            ASSERT_MSG(pw, "$HOME isn’t defined, and the current user can’t be found in /etc/passwd.");
+            ASSERT_MSG(pw,
+                       "$HOME isn’t defined, and the current user can’t be found in /etc/passwd.");
             home_path = pw->pw_dir;
         }
     }
@@ -699,11 +651,10 @@ static const std::string GetUserDirectory(const std::string& envvar) {
 }
 #endif
 
-std::string GetSysDirectory()
-{
+std::string GetSysDirectory() {
     std::string sysDir;
 
-#if defined (__APPLE__)
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
     sysDir = GetBundleDirectory();
     sysDir += DIR_SEP;
     sysDir += SYSDATA_DIR;
@@ -718,13 +669,11 @@ std::string GetSysDirectory()
 
 // Returns a string with a Citra data dir or file in the user's home
 // directory. To be used in "multi-user" mode (that is, installed).
-const std::string& GetUserPath(const unsigned int DirIDX, const std::string &newPath)
-{
+const std::string& GetUserPath(const unsigned int DirIDX, const std::string& newPath) {
     static std::string paths[NUM_PATH_INDICES];
 
     // Set up all paths and files on the first run
-    if (paths[D_USER_IDX].empty())
-    {
+    if (paths[D_USER_IDX].empty()) {
 #ifdef _WIN32
         paths[D_USER_IDX] = GetExeDirectory() + DIR_SEP USERDATA_DIR DIR_SEP;
         paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] = paths[D_USER_IDX] + CONFIG_DIR DIR_SEP;
@@ -764,20 +713,15 @@ const std::string& GetUserPath(const unsigned int DirIDX, const std::string &new
         paths[F_MAINLOG_IDX] = paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIN_LOG;
     }
 
-    if (!newPath.empty())
-    {
-        if (!FileUtil::IsDirectory(newPath))
-        {
+    if (!newPath.empty()) {
+        if (!FileUtil::IsDirectory(newPath)) {
             LOG_ERROR(Common_Filesystem, "Invalid path specified %s", newPath.c_str());
             return paths[DirIDX];
-        }
-        else
-        {
+        } else {
             paths[DirIDX] = newPath;
         }
 
-        switch (DirIDX)
-        {
+        switch (DirIDX) {
         case D_ROOT_IDX:
             paths[D_USER_IDX] = paths[D_ROOT_IDX] + DIR_SEP;
             paths[D_SYSCONF_IDX] = paths[D_USER_IDX] + SYSCONF_DIR + DIR_SEP;
@@ -828,13 +772,11 @@ const std::string& GetUserPath(const unsigned int DirIDX, const std::string &new
     return paths[DirIDX];
 }
 
-size_t WriteStringToFile(bool text_file, const std::string &str, const char *filename)
-{
+size_t WriteStringToFile(bool text_file, const std::string& str, const char* filename) {
     return FileUtil::IOFile(filename, text_file ? "w" : "wb").WriteBytes(str.data(), str.size());
 }
 
-size_t ReadFileToString(bool text_file, const char *filename, std::string &str)
-{
+size_t ReadFileToString(bool text_file, const char* filename, std::string& str) {
     IOFile file(filename, text_file ? "r" : "rb");
 
     if (!file)
@@ -886,42 +828,35 @@ void SplitFilename83(const std::string& filename, std::array<char, 9>& short_nam
     }
 }
 
-IOFile::IOFile()
-{
-}
+IOFile::IOFile() {}
 
-IOFile::IOFile(const std::string& filename, const char openmode[])
-{
+IOFile::IOFile(const std::string& filename, const char openmode[]) {
     Open(filename, openmode);
 }
 
-IOFile::~IOFile()
-{
+IOFile::~IOFile() {
     Close();
 }
 
-IOFile::IOFile(IOFile&& other)
-{
+IOFile::IOFile(IOFile&& other) {
     Swap(other);
 }
 
-IOFile& IOFile::operator=(IOFile&& other)
-{
+IOFile& IOFile::operator=(IOFile&& other) {
     Swap(other);
     return *this;
 }
 
-void IOFile::Swap(IOFile& other)
-{
+void IOFile::Swap(IOFile& other) {
     std::swap(m_file, other.m_file);
     std::swap(m_good, other.m_good);
 }
 
-bool IOFile::Open(const std::string& filename, const char openmode[])
-{
+bool IOFile::Open(const std::string& filename, const char openmode[]) {
     Close();
 #ifdef _WIN32
-    _wfopen_s(&m_file, Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(filename).c_str(), Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(openmode).c_str());
+    _wfopen_s(&m_file, Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(filename).c_str(),
+              Common::UTF8ToUTF16W(openmode).c_str());
 #else
     m_file = fopen(filename.c_str(), openmode);
 #endif
@@ -930,8 +865,7 @@ bool IOFile::Open(const std::string& filename, const char openmode[])
     return m_good;
 }
 
-bool IOFile::Close()
-{
+bool IOFile::Close() {
     if (!IsOpen() || 0 != std::fclose(m_file))
         m_good = false;
 
@@ -939,41 +873,37 @@ bool IOFile::Close()
     return m_good;
 }
 
-u64 IOFile::GetSize() const
-{
+u64 IOFile::GetSize() const {
     if (IsOpen())
         return FileUtil::GetSize(m_file);
 
     return 0;
 }
 
-bool IOFile::Seek(s64 off, int origin)
-{
+bool IOFile::Seek(s64 off, int origin) {
     if (!IsOpen() || 0 != fseeko(m_file, off, origin))
         m_good = false;
 
     return m_good;
 }
 
-u64 IOFile::Tell() const
-{
+u64 IOFile::Tell() const {
     if (IsOpen())
         return ftello(m_file);
 
     return -1;
 }
 
-bool IOFile::Flush()
-{
+bool IOFile::Flush() {
     if (!IsOpen() || 0 != std::fflush(m_file))
         m_good = false;
 
     return m_good;
 }
 
-bool IOFile::Resize(u64 size)
-{
-    if (!IsOpen() || 0 !=
+bool IOFile::Resize(u64 size) {
+    if (!IsOpen() ||
+        0 !=
 #ifdef _WIN32
             // ector: _chsize sucks, not 64-bit safe
             // F|RES: changed to _chsize_s. i think it is 64-bit safe